From a1605c58d9518fc86840139739c3bdc0d504799e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Mitsuhiro Tanda Date: Tue, 3 Dec 2019 03:25:44 +0900 Subject: [PATCH] CloudWatch: Upgrade aws-sdk-go (#20510) There is security risk of SSRF if Grafana is running on EC2. #20508 --- go.mod | 2 +- go.sum | 19 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go | 1 + .../aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go | 6 +- .../aws/client/metadata/client_info.go | 1 + .../github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go | 28 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go | 1 - .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go | 51 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go | 113 +- .../aws/ec2metadata/token_provider.go | 92 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go | 28 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go | 542 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go | 114 +- .../aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go | 24 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go | 69 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go | 12 +- .../aws/request/request_pagination.go | 6 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go | 33 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go | 4 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go | 53 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go | 151 +- .../aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go | 39 +- .../github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go | 2 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go | 104 +- .../aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/service.go | 7 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go | 1202 ++++- .../service/ec2/ec2iface/interface.go | 4 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/service.go | 7 +- .../service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/api.go | 24 +- .../resourcegroupstaggingapi/service.go | 7 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go | 4596 ++++++++++++++++- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go | 6 + .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go | 7 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go | 6 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go | 6 +- .../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go | 7 +- vendor/modules.txt | 2 +- 38 files changed, 6614 insertions(+), 764 deletions(-) create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/token_provider.go create mode 100644 vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod index 1cc76c3779d..db248e87179 100644 --- a/go.mod +++ b/go.mod @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ go 1.13 require ( github.com/BurntSushi/toml v0.3.1 github.com/VividCortex/mysqlerr v0.0.0-20170204212430-6c6b55f8796f - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.6 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38 github.com/beevik/etree v1.1.0 // indirect github.com/benbjohnson/clock v0.0.0-20161215174838-7dc76406b6d3 github.com/bradfitz/gomemcache v0.0.0-20190329173943-551aad21a668 diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum index 7de5a2307d6..62fb51b3dbe 100644 --- a/go.sum +++ b/go.sum @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ github.com/alecthomas/template v0.0.0-20160405071501-a0175ee3bccc/go.mod h1:LOuy github.com/alecthomas/units v0.0.0-20151022065526-2efee857e7cf/go.mod h1:ybxpYRFXyAe+OPACYpWeL0wqObRcbAqCMya13uyzqw0= github.com/apache/arrow/go/arrow v0.0.0-20190716210558-5f564424c71c h1:iHUHzx3S1TU5xt+D7vLb0PAk3e+RfayF9IhR6+hyO/k= github.com/apache/arrow/go/arrow v0.0.0-20190716210558-5f564424c71c/go.mod h1:VTxUBvSJ3s3eHAg65PNgrsn5BtqCRPdmyXh6rAfdxN0= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.6 h1:Rmg2pgKXoCfNe0KQb4LNSNmHqMdcgBjpMeXK9IjHWq8= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.6/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38 h1:QfclT79PFWCyaPDq9+zTEWsOMDWFswTpP9i07YxqPf0= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo= github.com/beevik/etree v1.0.1/go.mod h1:r8Aw8JqVegEf0w2fDnATrX9VpkMcyFeM0FhwO62wh+A= github.com/beevik/etree v1.1.0 h1:T0xke/WvNtMoCqgzPhkX2r4rjY3GDZFi+FjpRZY2Jbs= github.com/beevik/etree v1.1.0/go.mod h1:r8Aw8JqVegEf0w2fDnATrX9VpkMcyFeM0FhwO62wh+A= @@ -113,14 +113,6 @@ github.com/gosimple/slug v1.4.2 h1:jDmprx3q/9Lfk4FkGZtvzDQ9Cj9eAmsjzeQGp24PeiQ= github.com/gosimple/slug v1.4.2/go.mod h1:ER78kgg1Mv0NQGlXiDe57DpCyfbNywXXZ9mIorhxAf0= github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-model v0.0.0-20190930120109-1fc953a61fb4 h1:SPdxCL9BChFTlyi0Khv64vdCW4TMna8+sxL7+Chx+Ag= github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-model v0.0.0-20190930120109-1fc953a61fb4/go.mod h1:nc0XxBzjeGcrMltCDw269LoWF9S8ibhgxolCdA1R8To= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.0.0-20191029155514-4d93894a3f7a h1:4xgIDiu73n83pb5z835OL/33+DGPGs4M94UBdm7lbJc= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.0.0-20191029155514-4d93894a3f7a/go.mod h1:cq0Q7VKEJhlo81CrNexlOZ3VuqmaP/z2rq6lQAydtBo= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.0.0-20191105165811-c4e9ecfec89f h1:x4B65juB5agGJCQpLVlMVdrscdpb1WcraRPNn6O7p/s= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.0.0-20191105165811-c4e9ecfec89f/go.mod h1:cq0Q7VKEJhlo81CrNexlOZ3VuqmaP/z2rq6lQAydtBo= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.1.0 h1:CI9q9DHD5e2NDFom5vfdikWUwK2F1WSp9FrlzeWR7HU= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.1.0/go.mod h1:yA268OaX+C71ubT39tyACEfFwyhEzS1kbEVHUCgkKS8= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.1.1-0.20191115194829-9bfc5937b406 h1:lhSFUpWJA9xwC7R0GokkwmglCUPYp+oCckmq/JuJ+H8= -github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.1.1-0.20191115194829-9bfc5937b406/go.mod h1:yA268OaX+C71ubT39tyACEfFwyhEzS1kbEVHUCgkKS8= github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.2.0 h1:MgcTjCuzIkZcjb/2vCPK1RvLEHfRnQtFK7AF0W3SQm0= github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.2.0/go.mod h1:yA268OaX+C71ubT39tyACEfFwyhEzS1kbEVHUCgkKS8= github.com/grafana/grafana-plugin-sdk-go v0.3.1-0.20191125180836-d77f6ffe8e05 h1:COdehD2bs2CJ3zrGAOueGrqCOaCG/M9aYiO4y+J4MUk= @@ -179,14 +171,9 @@ github.com/lunny/log v0.0.0-20160921050905-7887c61bf0de/go.mod h1:3q8WtuPQsoRbat github.com/lunny/nodb v0.0.0-20160621015157-fc1ef06ad4af/go.mod h1:Cqz6pqow14VObJ7peltM+2n3PWOz7yTrfUuGbVFkzN0= github.com/mattetti/filebuffer v1.0.0 h1:ixTvQ0JjBTwWbdpDZ98lLrydo7KRi8xNRIi5RFszsbY= github.com/mattetti/filebuffer v1.0.0/go.mod h1:X6nyAIge2JGVmuJt2MFCqmHrb/5IHiphfHtot0s5cnI= -github.com/mattn/go-colorable v0.1.1 h1:G1f5SKeVxmagw/IyvzvtZE4Gybcc4Tr1tf7I8z0XgOg= -github.com/mattn/go-colorable v0.1.1/go.mod h1:FuOcm+DKB9mbwrcAfNl7/TZVBZ6rcnceauSikq3lYCQ= github.com/mattn/go-colorable v0.1.2/go.mod h1:U0ppj6V5qS13XJ6of8GYAs25YV2eR4EVcfRqFIhoBtE= github.com/mattn/go-colorable v0.1.4 h1:snbPLB8fVfU9iwbbo30TPtbLRzwWu6aJS6Xh4eaaviA= github.com/mattn/go-colorable v0.1.4/go.mod h1:U0ppj6V5qS13XJ6of8GYAs25YV2eR4EVcfRqFIhoBtE= -github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.5/go.mod h1:Iq45c/XA43vh69/j3iqttzPXn0bhXyGjM0Hdxcsrc5s= -github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.7 h1:UvyT9uN+3r7yLEYSlJsbQGdsaB/a0DlgWP3pql6iwOc= -github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.7/go.mod h1:Iq45c/XA43vh69/j3iqttzPXn0bhXyGjM0Hdxcsrc5s= github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.8/go.mod h1:Iq45c/XA43vh69/j3iqttzPXn0bhXyGjM0Hdxcsrc5s= github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.9/go.mod h1:YNRxwqDuOph6SZLI9vUUz6OYw3QyUt7WiY2yME+cCiQ= github.com/mattn/go-isatty v0.0.10 h1:qxFzApOv4WsAL965uUPIsXzAKCZxN2p9UqdhFS4ZW10= @@ -216,10 +203,12 @@ github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.6.0/go.mod h1:lLunBs/Ym6LB5Z9jYTR76FiuTmxDTDusOGeTQH+W github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.7.0/go.mod h1:lLunBs/Ym6LB5Z9jYTR76FiuTmxDTDusOGeTQH+WWjE= github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.8.0 h1:VkHVNpR4iVnU8XQR6DBm8BqYjN7CRzw+xKUbVVbbW9w= github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.8.0/go.mod h1:lLunBs/Ym6LB5Z9jYTR76FiuTmxDTDusOGeTQH+WWjE= +github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.10.3 h1:OoxbjfXVZyod1fmWYhI7SEyaD8B00ynP3T+D5GiyHOY= github.com/onsi/ginkgo v1.10.3/go.mod h1:lLunBs/Ym6LB5Z9jYTR76FiuTmxDTDusOGeTQH+WWjE= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.4.3/go.mod h1:ex+gbHU/CVuBBDIJjb2X0qEXbFg53c61hWP/1CpauHY= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.5.0 h1:izbySO9zDPmjJ8rDjLvkA2zJHIo+HkYXHnf7eN7SSyo= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.5.0/go.mod h1:ex+gbHU/CVuBBDIJjb2X0qEXbFg53c61hWP/1CpauHY= +github.com/onsi/gomega v1.7.1 h1:K0jcRCwNQM3vFGh1ppMtDh/+7ApJrjldlX8fA0jDTLQ= github.com/onsi/gomega v1.7.1/go.mod h1:XdKZgCCFLUoM/7CFJVPcG8C1xQ1AJ0vpAezJrB7JYyY= github.com/opentracing/opentracing-go v1.1.0 h1:pWlfV3Bxv7k65HYwkikxat0+s3pV4bsqf19k25Ur8rU= github.com/opentracing/opentracing-go v1.1.0/go.mod h1:UkNAQd3GIcIGf0SeVgPpRdFStlNbqXla1AfSYxPUl2o= diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go index 285e54d6799..a4eb6a7f43a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ func rValuesAtPath(v interface{}, path string, createPath, caseSensitive, nilTer value = value.FieldByNameFunc(func(name string) bool { if c == name { return true - } else if !caseSensitive && strings.ToLower(name) == strings.ToLower(c) { + } else if !caseSensitive && strings.EqualFold(name, c) { return true } return false diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go index c022407f57b..03334d69207 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/client.go @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ import ( type Config struct { Config *aws.Config Handlers request.Handlers + PartitionID string Endpoint string SigningRegion string SigningName string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go index 0fda42510f0..9f6af19dd45 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/default_retryer.go @@ -16,11 +16,11 @@ import ( type DefaultRetryer struct { // Num max Retries is the number of max retries that will be performed. // By default, this is zero. - NumMaxRetries int + NumMaxRetries int // MinRetryDelay is the minimum retry delay after which retry will be performed. // If not set, the value is 0ns. - MinRetryDelay time.Duration + MinRetryDelay time.Duration // MinThrottleRetryDelay is the minimum retry delay when throttled. // If not set, the value is 0ns. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ type DefaultRetryer struct { // MaxRetryDelay is the maximum retry delay before which retry must be performed. // If not set, the value is 0ns. - MaxRetryDelay time.Duration + MaxRetryDelay time.Duration // MaxThrottleDelay is the maximum retry delay when throttled. // If not set, the value is 0ns. diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go index 920e9fddf87..0c48f72e08e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata/client_info.go @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ type ClientInfo struct { ServiceName string ServiceID string APIVersion string + PartitionID string Endpoint string SigningName string SigningRegion string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go index fd1e240f6eb..93ebbcc13f8 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go @@ -246,6 +246,12 @@ type Config struct { // Disabling this feature is useful when you want to use local endpoints // for testing that do not support the modeled host prefix pattern. DisableEndpointHostPrefix *bool + + // STSRegionalEndpoint will enable regional or legacy endpoint resolving + STSRegionalEndpoint endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint will enable regional or legacy endpoint resolving + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } // NewConfig returns a new Config pointer that can be chained with builder @@ -420,6 +426,20 @@ func (c *Config) MergeIn(cfgs ...*Config) { } } +// WithSTSRegionalEndpoint will set whether or not to use regional endpoint flag +// when resolving the endpoint for a service +func (c *Config) WithSTSRegionalEndpoint(sre endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint) *Config { + c.STSRegionalEndpoint = sre + return c +} + +// WithS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint will set whether or not to use regional endpoint flag +// when resolving the endpoint for a service +func (c *Config) WithS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(sre endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint) *Config { + c.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = sre + return c +} + func mergeInConfig(dst *Config, other *Config) { if other == nil { return @@ -520,6 +540,14 @@ func mergeInConfig(dst *Config, other *Config) { if other.DisableEndpointHostPrefix != nil { dst.DisableEndpointHostPrefix = other.DisableEndpointHostPrefix } + + if other.STSRegionalEndpoint != endpoints.UnsetSTSEndpoint { + dst.STSRegionalEndpoint = other.STSRegionalEndpoint + } + + if other.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint != endpoints.UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint { + dst.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = other.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint + } } // Copy will return a shallow copy of the Config object. If any additional diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go index c7008d8c3fc..9186587fc04 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/csm/reporter.go @@ -66,7 +66,6 @@ func (rep *Reporter) sendAPICallAttemptMetric(r *request.Request) { XAmzRequestID: aws.String(r.RequestID), - AttemptCount: aws.Int(r.RetryCount + 1), AttemptLatency: aws.Int(int(now.Sub(r.AttemptTime).Nanoseconds() / int64(time.Millisecond))), AccessKey: aws.String(creds.AccessKeyID), } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go index d126764ce4e..fe25edf8881 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ import ( "encoding/json" "fmt" "net/http" + "strconv" "strings" "time" @@ -12,8 +13,41 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkuri" ) +// getToken uses the duration to return a token for EC2 metadata service, +// or an error if the request failed. +func (c *EC2Metadata) getToken(duration time.Duration) (tokenOutput, error) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: "GetToken", + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/api/token", + } + + var output tokenOutput + req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, &output) + + // remove the fetch token handler from the request handlers to avoid infinite recursion + req.Handlers.Sign.RemoveByName(fetchTokenHandlerName) + + // Swap the unmarshalMetadataHandler with unmarshalTokenHandler on this request. + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(unmarshalMetadataHandlerName, unmarshalTokenHandler) + + ttl := strconv.FormatInt(int64(duration / time.Second),10) + req.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(ttlHeader, ttl) + + err := req.Send() + + // Errors with bad request status should be returned. + if err != nil { + err = awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New(req.HTTPResponse.Status, http.StatusText(req.HTTPResponse.StatusCode), err), + req.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, req.RequestID) + } + + return output, err +} + // GetMetadata uses the path provided to request information from the EC2 -// instance metdata service. The content will be returned as a string, or +// instance metadata service. The content will be returned as a string, or // error if the request failed. func (c *EC2Metadata) GetMetadata(p string) (string, error) { op := &request.Operation{ @@ -21,11 +55,11 @@ func (c *EC2Metadata) GetMetadata(p string) (string, error) { HTTPMethod: "GET", HTTPPath: sdkuri.PathJoin("/meta-data", p), } - output := &metadataOutput{} - req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) - err := req.Send() + req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) + + err := req.Send() return output.Content, err } @@ -41,13 +75,8 @@ func (c *EC2Metadata) GetUserData() (string, error) { output := &metadataOutput{} req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) - req.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) { - if r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound { - r.Error = awserr.New("NotFoundError", "user-data not found", r.Error) - } - }) - err := req.Send() + err := req.Send() return output.Content, err } @@ -63,8 +92,8 @@ func (c *EC2Metadata) GetDynamicData(p string) (string, error) { output := &metadataOutput{} req := c.NewRequest(op, nil, output) - err := req.Send() + err := req.Send() return output.Content, err } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go index 4c5636e3500..2a204ab5ccd 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ import ( "io" "net/http" "os" + "strconv" "strings" "time" @@ -24,9 +25,25 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" ) -// ServiceName is the name of the service. -const ServiceName = "ec2metadata" -const disableServiceEnvVar = "AWS_EC2_METADATA_DISABLED" +const ( + // ServiceName is the name of the service. + ServiceName = "ec2metadata" + disableServiceEnvVar = "AWS_EC2_METADATA_DISABLED" + + // Headers for Token and TTL + ttlHeader = "x-aws-ec2-metadata-token-ttl-seconds" + tokenHeader = "x-aws-ec2-metadata-token" + + // Named Handler constants + fetchTokenHandlerName = "FetchTokenHandler" + unmarshalMetadataHandlerName = "unmarshalMetadataHandler" + unmarshalTokenHandlerName = "unmarshalTokenHandler" + enableTokenProviderHandlerName = "enableTokenProviderHandler" + + // TTL constants + defaultTTL = 21600 * time.Second + ttlExpirationWindow = 30 * time.Second +) // A EC2Metadata is an EC2 Metadata service Client. type EC2Metadata struct { @@ -80,13 +97,27 @@ func NewClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio ), } - svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(unmarshalHandler) + // token provider instance + tp := newTokenProvider(svc, defaultTTL) + + // NamedHandler for fetching token + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ + Name: fetchTokenHandlerName, + Fn: tp.fetchTokenHandler, + }) + // NamedHandler for enabling token provider + svc.Handlers.Complete.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{ + Name: enableTokenProviderHandlerName, + Fn: tp.enableTokenProviderHandler, + }) + + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(unmarshalHandler) svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBack(unmarshalError) svc.Handlers.Validate.Clear() svc.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(validateEndpointHandler) // Disable the EC2 Metadata service if the environment variable is set. - // This shortcirctes the service's functionality to always fail to send + // This short-circuits the service's functionality to always fail to send // requests. if strings.ToLower(os.Getenv(disableServiceEnvVar)) == "true" { svc.Handlers.Send.SwapNamed(request.NamedHandler{ @@ -107,7 +138,6 @@ func NewClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio for _, option := range opts { option(svc.Client) } - return svc } @@ -119,30 +149,73 @@ type metadataOutput struct { Content string } -func unmarshalHandler(r *request.Request) { - defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() - b := &bytes.Buffer{} - if _, err := io.Copy(b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { - r.Error = awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization, "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata response", err) - return - } +type tokenOutput struct { + Token string + TTL time.Duration +} - if data, ok := r.Data.(*metadataOutput); ok { - data.Content = b.String() - } +// unmarshal token handler is used to parse the response of a getToken operation +var unmarshalTokenHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: unmarshalTokenHandlerName, + Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + var b bytes.Buffer + if _, err := io.Copy(&b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization, + "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata response", err), r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, r.RequestID) + return + } + + v := r.HTTPResponse.Header.Get(ttlHeader) + data, ok := r.Data.(*tokenOutput) + if !ok { + return + } + + data.Token = b.String() + // TTL is in seconds + i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 10, 64) + if err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(awserr.New(request.ParamFormatErrCode, + "unable to parse EC2 token TTL response", err), r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, r.RequestID) + return + } + t := time.Duration(i) * time.Second + data.TTL = t + }, +} + +var unmarshalHandler = request.NamedHandler{ + Name: unmarshalMetadataHandlerName, + Fn: func(r *request.Request) { + defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() + var b bytes.Buffer + if _, err := io.Copy(&b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization, + "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata response", err), r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, r.RequestID) + return + } + + if data, ok := r.Data.(*metadataOutput); ok { + data.Content = b.String() + } + }, } func unmarshalError(r *request.Request) { defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close() - b := &bytes.Buffer{} - if _, err := io.Copy(b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { - r.Error = awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization, "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata error response", err) + var b bytes.Buffer + + if _, err := io.Copy(&b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil { + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure( + awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization, "unable to unmarshal EC2 metadata error response", err), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, r.RequestID) return } // Response body format is not consistent between metadata endpoints. // Grab the error message as a string and include that as the source error - r.Error = awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", "failed to make EC2Metadata request", errors.New(b.String())) + r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", "failed to make EC2Metadata request", errors.New(b.String())), + r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode, r.RequestID) } func validateEndpointHandler(r *request.Request) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/token_provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/token_provider.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06f76055f36 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/token_provider.go @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +package ec2metadata + +import ( + "net/http" + "sync/atomic" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +// A tokenProvider struct provides access to EC2Metadata client +// and atomic instance of a token, along with configuredTTL for it. +// tokenProvider also provides an atomic flag to disable the +// fetch token operation. +// The disabled member will use 0 as false, and 1 as true. +type tokenProvider struct { + client *EC2Metadata + token atomic.Value + configuredTTL time.Duration + disabled uint32 +} + +// A ec2Token struct helps use of token in EC2 Metadata service ops +type ec2Token struct { + token string + credentials.Expiry +} + +// newTokenProvider provides a pointer to a tokenProvider instance +func newTokenProvider(c *EC2Metadata, duration time.Duration) *tokenProvider { + return &tokenProvider{client: c, configuredTTL: duration} +} + +// fetchTokenHandler fetches token for EC2Metadata service client by default. +func (t *tokenProvider) fetchTokenHandler(r *request.Request) { + + // short-circuits to insecure data flow if tokenProvider is disabled. + if v := atomic.LoadUint32(&t.disabled); v == 1 { + return + } + + if ec2Token, ok := t.token.Load().(ec2Token); ok && !ec2Token.IsExpired() { + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(tokenHeader, ec2Token.token) + return + } + + output, err := t.client.getToken(t.configuredTTL) + + if err != nil { + + // change the disabled flag on token provider to true, + // when error is request timeout error. + if requestFailureError, ok := err.(awserr.RequestFailure); ok { + switch requestFailureError.StatusCode() { + case http.StatusForbidden, http.StatusNotFound, http.StatusMethodNotAllowed: + atomic.StoreUint32(&t.disabled, 1) + case http.StatusBadRequest: + r.Error = requestFailureError + } + + // Check if request timed out while waiting for response + if e, ok := requestFailureError.OrigErr().(awserr.Error); ok { + if e.Code() == "RequestError" { + atomic.StoreUint32(&t.disabled, 1) + } + } + } + return + } + + newToken := ec2Token{ + token: output.Token, + } + newToken.SetExpiration(time.Now().Add(output.TTL), ttlExpirationWindow) + t.token.Store(newToken) + + // Inject token header to the request. + if ec2Token, ok := t.token.Load().(ec2Token); ok { + r.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(tokenHeader, ec2Token.token) + } +} + +// enableTokenProviderHandler enables the token provider +func (t *tokenProvider) enableTokenProviderHandler(r *request.Request) { + // If the error code status is 401, we enable the token provider + if e, ok := r.Error.(awserr.RequestFailure); ok && e != nil && + e.StatusCode() == http.StatusUnauthorized { + atomic.StoreUint32(&t.disabled, 0) + } +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go index 87b9ff3ffec..343a2106f81 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go @@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ func decodeV3Endpoints(modelDef modelDefinition, opts DecodeModelOptions) (Resol p := &ps[i] custAddEC2Metadata(p) custAddS3DualStack(p) + custRegionalS3(p) custRmIotDataService(p) custFixAppAutoscalingChina(p) custFixAppAutoscalingUsGov(p) @@ -100,6 +101,33 @@ func custAddS3DualStack(p *partition) { custAddDualstack(p, "s3-control") } +func custRegionalS3(p *partition) { + if p.ID != "aws" { + return + } + + service, ok := p.Services["s3"] + if !ok { + return + } + + // If global endpoint already exists no customization needed. + if _, ok := service.Endpoints["aws-global"]; ok { + return + } + + service.PartitionEndpoint = "aws-global" + service.Endpoints["us-east-1"] = endpoint{} + service.Endpoints["aws-global"] = endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + } + + p.Services["s3"] = service +} + func custAddDualstack(p *partition, svcName string) { s, ok := p.Services[svcName] if !ok { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go index 452cefda6bb..48d4f12e48f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go @@ -209,6 +209,8 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -366,6 +368,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1-fips": endpoint{ @@ -461,6 +464,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -481,8 +485,14 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-1": endpoint{}, - "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + "fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "appstream2-fips.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, "appsync": service{ @@ -515,8 +525,11 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, @@ -572,14 +585,20 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "backup": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -750,6 +769,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -861,11 +881,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "ca-central-1", }, }, - "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-2": endpoint{}, - "us-west-1": endpoint{}, - "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, "codedeploy": service{ @@ -1083,6 +1104,22 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, + "dataexchange": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "datapipeline": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -1100,8 +1137,11 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "fips-us-east-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "datasync-fips.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -1142,6 +1182,8 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -1222,6 +1264,18 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "ap-northeast-2", }, }, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.ap-south-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-south-1", + }, + }, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-1", + }, + }, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ Hostname: "rds.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -1246,6 +1300,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "eu-west-2", }, }, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.eu-west-3.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-3", + }, + }, "us-east-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "rds.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -1269,6 +1329,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "ds": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, @@ -1634,6 +1695,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -1648,17 +1710,44 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, + "forecast": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "forecastquery": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "fsx": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -1911,9 +2000,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-2": endpoint{}, @@ -1928,6 +2020,18 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "ap-northeast-1", }, }, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "data.iotevents.ap-northeast-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-northeast-2", + }, + }, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "data.iotevents.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-1", + }, + }, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ Hostname: "data.iotevents.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -1946,6 +2050,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "eu-west-1", }, }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "data.iotevents.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-2", + }, + }, "us-east-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "data.iotevents.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -1974,6 +2084,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, @@ -1983,18 +2094,22 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "kafka": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, @@ -2077,6 +2192,9 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -2234,8 +2352,11 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, @@ -2359,10 +2480,34 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, - "us-east-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-2": endpoint{}, - "us-west-1": endpoint{}, - "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + "fips-us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "mq-fips.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "fips-us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "mq-fips.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "fips-us-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "mq-fips.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-1", + }, + }, + "fips-us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "mq-fips.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, "mturk-requester": service{ @@ -2408,6 +2553,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "ap-southeast-2", }, }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.ca-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ca-central-1", + }, + }, "eu-central-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "rds.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -2432,6 +2583,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Region: "eu-west-2", }, }, + "me-south-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "rds.me-south-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "me-south-1", + }, + }, "us-east-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "rds.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -2452,6 +2609,65 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "oidc": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-1", + }, + }, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-2", + }, + }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.ca-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ca-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-2", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, "opsworks": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -2535,6 +2751,65 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, + "portal.sso": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-1", + }, + }, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-2", + }, + }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.ca-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ca-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-2", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, "projects.iot1click": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -2551,6 +2826,10 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -2768,6 +3047,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1-fips": endpoint{ @@ -2800,7 +3080,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, }, "s3": service{ - PartitionEndpoint: "us-east-1", + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", IsRegionalized: boxedTrue, Defaults: endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, @@ -2825,6 +3105,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Hostname: "s3.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, }, + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, @@ -2846,10 +3132,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Hostname: "s3.sa-east-1.amazonaws.com", SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, }, - "us-east-1": endpoint{ - Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", - SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, - }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "s3.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", @@ -3012,6 +3295,19 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "savingsplans": service{ + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", + IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "savingsplans.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, "sdb": service{ Defaults: endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, @@ -3033,6 +3329,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "secretsmanager": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, @@ -3044,6 +3341,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1-fips": endpoint{ @@ -3090,6 +3388,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -3102,6 +3401,9 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Protocols: []string{"https"}, }, Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"https"}, }, @@ -3135,6 +3437,9 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-3": endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"https"}, }, + "me-south-1": endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, "sa-east-1": endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"https"}, }, @@ -3224,6 +3529,10 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -3495,44 +3804,29 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, "sts": service{ PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", - Defaults: endpoint{ - Hostname: "sts.amazonaws.com", - CredentialScope: credentialScope{ - Region: "us-east-1", - }, - }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ - "ap-east-1": endpoint{ - Hostname: "sts.ap-east-1.amazonaws.com", - CredentialScope: credentialScope{ - Region: "ap-east-1", - }, - }, + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, - "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{ - Hostname: "sts.ap-northeast-2.amazonaws.com", - CredentialScope: credentialScope{ - Region: "ap-northeast-2", - }, - }, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, - "aws-global": endpoint{}, - "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, - "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, - "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, - "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, - "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, - "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, - "me-south-1": endpoint{ - Hostname: "sts.me-south-1.amazonaws.com", + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "sts.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ - Region: "me-south-1", + Region: "us-east-1", }, }, - "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, - "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1-fips": endpoint{ Hostname: "sts-fips.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ @@ -3620,6 +3914,40 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, + "transcribe": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "transcribestreaming": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "transfer": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -3848,6 +4176,13 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "batch": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{}, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "cloudformation": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -3903,6 +4238,12 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "dax": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "directconnect": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -4028,6 +4369,12 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "glue": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "greengrass": service{ IsRegionalized: boxedTrue, Defaults: endpoint{ @@ -4244,7 +4591,7 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "aws-cn-global": endpoint{ - Hostname: "support.cn-north-1.amazonaws.com", + Hostname: "support.cn-north-1.amazonaws.com.cn", CredentialScope: credentialScope{ Region: "cn-north-1", }, @@ -4265,6 +4612,31 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "transcribe": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-north-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "cn.transcribe.cn-north-1.amazonaws.com.cn", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "cn-north-1", + }, + }, + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "cn.transcribe.cn-northwest-1.amazonaws.com.cn", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "cn-northwest-1", + }, + }, + }, + }, + "workspaces": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, }, } @@ -4355,6 +4727,23 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{ "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "appstream2": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Service: "appstream", + }, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "appstream2-fips.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "athena": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -4802,6 +5191,25 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{ "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "resource-groups": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "fips-us-gov-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "resource-groups.us-gov-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-east-1", + }, + }, + "fips-us-gov-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "resource-groups.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-west-1", + }, + }, + "us-gov-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "route53": service{ PartitionEndpoint: "aws-us-gov-global", IsRegionalized: boxedFalse, @@ -4815,6 +5223,13 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "route53resolver": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "runtime.sagemaker": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -4881,6 +5296,13 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{ "secretsmanager": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-gov-east-1-fips": endpoint{ + Hostname: "secretsmanager-fips.us-gov-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-gov-east-1", + }, + }, "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-gov-west-1-fips": endpoint{ Hostname: "secretsmanager-fips.us-gov-west-1.amazonaws.com", @@ -5012,6 +5434,14 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{ "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "transcribe": service{ + Defaults: endpoint{ + Protocols: []string{"https"}, + }, + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-gov-west-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "translate": service{ Defaults: endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"https"}, @@ -5078,6 +5508,18 @@ var awsisoPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "api.sagemaker": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-iso-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, + "apigateway": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-iso-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "application-autoscaling": service{ Defaults: endpoint{ Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com", @@ -5293,6 +5735,12 @@ var awsisoPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "runtime.sagemaker": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "us-iso-east-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "s3": service{ Defaults: endpoint{ SignatureVersions: []string{"s3v4"}, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go index 9c936be6cf9..1f53d9cb686 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ package endpoints import ( "fmt" "regexp" + "strings" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" ) @@ -46,6 +47,108 @@ type Options struct { // // This option is ignored if StrictMatching is enabled. ResolveUnknownService bool + + // STS Regional Endpoint flag helps with resolving the STS endpoint + STSRegionalEndpoint STSRegionalEndpoint + + // S3 Regional Endpoint flag helps with resolving the S3 endpoint + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint +} + +// STSRegionalEndpoint is an enum for the states of the STS Regional Endpoint +// options. +type STSRegionalEndpoint int + +func (e STSRegionalEndpoint) String() string { + switch e { + case LegacySTSEndpoint: + return "legacy" + case RegionalSTSEndpoint: + return "regional" + case UnsetSTSEndpoint: + return "" + default: + return "unknown" + } +} + +const ( + + // UnsetSTSEndpoint represents that STS Regional Endpoint flag is not specified. + UnsetSTSEndpoint STSRegionalEndpoint = iota + + // LegacySTSEndpoint represents when STS Regional Endpoint flag is specified + // to use legacy endpoints. + LegacySTSEndpoint + + // RegionalSTSEndpoint represents when STS Regional Endpoint flag is specified + // to use regional endpoints. + RegionalSTSEndpoint +) + +// GetSTSRegionalEndpoint function returns the STSRegionalEndpointFlag based +// on the input string provided in env config or shared config by the user. +// +// `legacy`, `regional` are the only case-insensitive valid strings for +// resolving the STS regional Endpoint flag. +func GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(s string) (STSRegionalEndpoint, error) { + switch { + case strings.EqualFold(s, "legacy"): + return LegacySTSEndpoint, nil + case strings.EqualFold(s, "regional"): + return RegionalSTSEndpoint, nil + default: + return UnsetSTSEndpoint, fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve the value of STSRegionalEndpoint for %v", s) + } +} + +// S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint is an enum for the states of the S3 us-east-1 +// Regional Endpoint options. +type S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint int + +func (e S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint) String() string { + switch e { + case LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint: + return "legacy" + case RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint: + return "regional" + case UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint: + return "" + default: + return "unknown" + } +} + +const ( + + // UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint represents that S3 Regional Endpoint flag is not + // specified. + UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = iota + + // LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint represents when S3 Regional Endpoint flag is + // specified to use legacy endpoints. + LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint + + // RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint represents when S3 Regional Endpoint flag is + // specified to use regional endpoints. + RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint +) + +// GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint function returns the S3UsEast1RegionalEndpointFlag based +// on the input string provided in env config or shared config by the user. +// +// `legacy`, `regional` are the only case-insensitive valid strings for +// resolving the S3 regional Endpoint flag. +func GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(s string) (S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, error) { + switch { + case strings.EqualFold(s, "legacy"): + return LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint, nil + case strings.EqualFold(s, "regional"): + return RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint, nil + default: + return UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint, + fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve the value of S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint for %v", s) + } } // Set combines all of the option functions together. @@ -79,6 +182,12 @@ func ResolveUnknownServiceOption(o *Options) { o.ResolveUnknownService = true } +// STSRegionalEndpointOption enables the STS endpoint resolver behavior to resolve +// STS endpoint to their regional endpoint, instead of the global endpoint. +func STSRegionalEndpointOption(o *Options) { + o.STSRegionalEndpoint = RegionalSTSEndpoint +} + // A Resolver provides the interface for functionality to resolve endpoints. // The build in Partition and DefaultResolver return value satisfy this interface. type Resolver interface { @@ -194,7 +303,7 @@ func (p Partition) ID() string { return p.id } // require the provided service and region to be known by the partition. // If the endpoint cannot be strictly resolved an error will be returned. This // mode is useful to ensure the endpoint resolved is valid. Without -// StrictMatching enabled the endpoint returned my look valid but may not work. +// StrictMatching enabled the endpoint returned may look valid but may not work. // StrictMatching requires the SDK to be updated if you want to take advantage // of new regions and services expansions. // @@ -350,6 +459,9 @@ type ResolvedEndpoint struct { // The endpoint URL URL string + // The endpoint partition + PartitionID string + // The region that should be used for signing requests. SigningRegion string diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df75e899adb --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +package endpoints + +var legacyGlobalRegions = map[string]map[string]struct{}{ + "sts": { + "ap-northeast-1": {}, + "ap-south-1": {}, + "ap-southeast-1": {}, + "ap-southeast-2": {}, + "ca-central-1": {}, + "eu-central-1": {}, + "eu-north-1": {}, + "eu-west-1": {}, + "eu-west-2": {}, + "eu-west-3": {}, + "sa-east-1": {}, + "us-east-1": {}, + "us-east-2": {}, + "us-west-1": {}, + "us-west-2": {}, + }, + "s3": { + "us-east-1": {}, + }, +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go index 523ad79ac0a..eb2ac83c992 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go @@ -75,24 +75,56 @@ func (p partition) canResolveEndpoint(service, region string, strictMatch bool) return p.RegionRegex.MatchString(region) } +func allowLegacyEmptyRegion(service string) bool { + legacy := map[string]struct{}{ + "budgets": {}, + "ce": {}, + "chime": {}, + "cloudfront": {}, + "ec2metadata": {}, + "iam": {}, + "importexport": {}, + "organizations": {}, + "route53": {}, + "sts": {}, + "support": {}, + "waf": {}, + } + + _, allowed := legacy[service] + return allowed +} + func (p partition) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) (resolved ResolvedEndpoint, err error) { var opt Options opt.Set(opts...) s, hasService := p.Services[service] - if !(hasService || opt.ResolveUnknownService) { + if len(service) == 0 || !(hasService || opt.ResolveUnknownService) { // Only return error if the resolver will not fallback to creating // endpoint based on service endpoint ID passed in. return resolved, NewUnknownServiceError(p.ID, service, serviceList(p.Services)) } + if len(region) == 0 && allowLegacyEmptyRegion(service) && len(s.PartitionEndpoint) != 0 { + region = s.PartitionEndpoint + } + + if (service == "sts" && opt.STSRegionalEndpoint != RegionalSTSEndpoint) || + (service == "s3" && opt.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint != RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint) { + if _, ok := legacyGlobalRegions[service][region]; ok { + region = "aws-global" + } + } + e, hasEndpoint := s.endpointForRegion(region) - if !hasEndpoint && opt.StrictMatching { + if len(region) == 0 || (!hasEndpoint && opt.StrictMatching) { return resolved, NewUnknownEndpointError(p.ID, service, region, endpointList(s.Endpoints)) } defs := []endpoint{p.Defaults, s.Defaults} - return e.resolve(service, region, p.DNSSuffix, defs, opt), nil + + return e.resolve(service, p.ID, region, p.DNSSuffix, defs, opt), nil } func serviceList(ss services) []string { @@ -201,7 +233,7 @@ func getByPriority(s []string, p []string, def string) string { return s[0] } -func (e endpoint) resolve(service, region, dnsSuffix string, defs []endpoint, opts Options) ResolvedEndpoint { +func (e endpoint) resolve(service, partitionID, region, dnsSuffix string, defs []endpoint, opts Options) ResolvedEndpoint { var merged endpoint for _, def := range defs { merged.mergeIn(def) @@ -209,20 +241,6 @@ func (e endpoint) resolve(service, region, dnsSuffix string, defs []endpoint, op merged.mergeIn(e) e = merged - hostname := e.Hostname - - // Offset the hostname for dualstack if enabled - if opts.UseDualStack && e.HasDualStack == boxedTrue { - hostname = e.DualStackHostname - } - - u := strings.Replace(hostname, "{service}", service, 1) - u = strings.Replace(u, "{region}", region, 1) - u = strings.Replace(u, "{dnsSuffix}", dnsSuffix, 1) - - scheme := getEndpointScheme(e.Protocols, opts.DisableSSL) - u = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, u) - signingRegion := e.CredentialScope.Region if len(signingRegion) == 0 { signingRegion = region @@ -235,8 +253,23 @@ func (e endpoint) resolve(service, region, dnsSuffix string, defs []endpoint, op signingNameDerived = true } + hostname := e.Hostname + // Offset the hostname for dualstack if enabled + if opts.UseDualStack && e.HasDualStack == boxedTrue { + hostname = e.DualStackHostname + region = signingRegion + } + + u := strings.Replace(hostname, "{service}", service, 1) + u = strings.Replace(u, "{region}", region, 1) + u = strings.Replace(u, "{dnsSuffix}", dnsSuffix, 1) + + scheme := getEndpointScheme(e.Protocols, opts.DisableSSL) + u = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, u) + return ResolvedEndpoint{ URL: u, + PartitionID: partitionID, SigningRegion: signingRegion, SigningName: signingName, SigningNameDerived: signingNameDerived, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go index 8e332cce6a6..52178141da6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go @@ -99,8 +99,12 @@ type Operation struct { BeforePresignFn func(r *Request) error } -// New returns a new Request pointer for the service API -// operation and parameters. +// New returns a new Request pointer for the service API operation and +// parameters. +// +// A Retryer should be provided to direct how the request is retried. If +// Retryer is nil, a default no retry value will be used. You can use +// NoOpRetryer in the Client package to disable retry behavior directly. // // Params is any value of input parameters to be the request payload. // Data is pointer value to an object which the request's response @@ -108,6 +112,10 @@ type Operation struct { func New(cfg aws.Config, clientInfo metadata.ClientInfo, handlers Handlers, retryer Retryer, operation *Operation, params interface{}, data interface{}) *Request { + if retryer == nil { + retryer = noOpRetryer{} + } + method := operation.HTTPMethod if method == "" { method = "POST" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go index f093fc542df..64784e16f3d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go @@ -17,11 +17,13 @@ import ( // does the pagination between API operations, and Paginator defines the // configuration that will be used per page request. // -// cont := true -// for p.Next() && cont { +// for p.Next() { // data := p.Page().(*s3.ListObjectsOutput) // // process the page's data +// // ... +// // break out of loop to stop fetching additional pages // } +// // return p.Err() // // See service client API operation Pages methods for examples how the SDK will diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go index e84084da5ef..8015acc67eb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go @@ -35,10 +35,41 @@ type Retryer interface { } // WithRetryer sets a Retryer value to the given Config returning the Config -// value for chaining. +// value for chaining. The value must not be nil. func WithRetryer(cfg *aws.Config, retryer Retryer) *aws.Config { + if retryer == nil { + if cfg.Logger != nil { + cfg.Logger.Log("ERROR: Request.WithRetryer called with nil retryer. Replacing with retry disabled Retryer.") + } + retryer = noOpRetryer{} + } cfg.Retryer = retryer return cfg + +} + +// noOpRetryer is a internal no op retryer used when a request is created +// without a retryer. +// +// Provides a retryer that performs no retries. +// It should be used when we do not want retries to be performed. +type noOpRetryer struct{} + +// MaxRetries returns the number of maximum returns the service will use to make +// an individual API; For NoOpRetryer the MaxRetries will always be zero. +func (d noOpRetryer) MaxRetries() int { + return 0 +} + +// ShouldRetry will always return false for NoOpRetryer, as it should never retry. +func (d noOpRetryer) ShouldRetry(_ *Request) bool { + return false +} + +// RetryRules returns the delay duration before retrying this request again; +// since NoOpRetryer does not retry, RetryRules always returns 0. +func (d noOpRetryer) RetryRules(_ *Request) time.Duration { + return 0 } // retryableCodes is a collection of service response codes which are retry-able diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go index 7713ccfca5e..cc64e24f1d5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ func resolveCredentials(cfg *aws.Config, } // WebIdentityEmptyRoleARNErr will occur if 'AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE' was set but -// 'AWS_IAM_ROLE_ARN' was not set. +// 'AWS_ROLE_ARN' was not set. var WebIdentityEmptyRoleARNErr = awserr.New(stscreds.ErrCodeWebIdentity, "role ARN is not set", nil) -// WebIdentityEmptyTokenFilePathErr will occur if 'AWS_IAM_ROLE_ARN' was set but +// WebIdentityEmptyTokenFilePathErr will occur if 'AWS_ROLE_ARN' was set but // 'AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE' was not set. var WebIdentityEmptyTokenFilePathErr = awserr.New(stscreds.ErrCodeWebIdentity, "token file path is not set", nil) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go index 60a6f9ce2a4..4092ab8fb7e 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go @@ -1,12 +1,14 @@ package session import ( + "fmt" "os" "strconv" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints" ) // EnvProviderName provides a name of the provider when config is loaded from environment. @@ -125,6 +127,20 @@ type envConfig struct { // // AWS_ROLE_SESSION_NAME=session_name RoleSessionName string + + // Specifies the STS Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the endpoint + // for a service. + // + // AWS_STS_REGIONAL_ENDPOINTS=regional + // This can take value as `regional` or `legacy` + STSRegionalEndpoint endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // Specifies the S3 Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the + // endpoint for a service. + // + // AWS_S3_US_EAST_1_REGIONAL_ENDPOINT=regional + // This can take value as `regional` or `legacy` + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } var ( @@ -179,6 +195,12 @@ var ( roleSessionNameEnvKey = []string{ "AWS_ROLE_SESSION_NAME", } + stsRegionalEndpointKey = []string{ + "AWS_STS_REGIONAL_ENDPOINTS", + } + s3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = []string{ + "AWS_S3_US_EAST_1_REGIONAL_ENDPOINT", + } ) // loadEnvConfig retrieves the SDK's environment configuration. @@ -187,7 +209,7 @@ var ( // If the environment variable `AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG` is set to a truthy value // the shared SDK config will be loaded in addition to the SDK's specific // configuration values. -func loadEnvConfig() envConfig { +func loadEnvConfig() (envConfig, error) { enableSharedConfig, _ := strconv.ParseBool(os.Getenv("AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG")) return envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig) } @@ -198,11 +220,11 @@ func loadEnvConfig() envConfig { // Loads the shared configuration in addition to the SDK's specific configuration. // This will load the same values as `loadEnvConfig` if the `AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG` // environment variable is set. -func loadSharedEnvConfig() envConfig { +func loadSharedEnvConfig() (envConfig, error) { return envConfigLoad(true) } -func envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig bool) envConfig { +func envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig bool) (envConfig, error) { cfg := envConfig{} cfg.EnableSharedConfig = enableSharedConfig @@ -264,12 +286,33 @@ func envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig bool) envConfig { cfg.CustomCABundle = os.Getenv("AWS_CA_BUNDLE") - return cfg + var err error + // STS Regional Endpoint variable + for _, k := range stsRegionalEndpointKey { + if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) != 0 { + cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, err = endpoints.GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(v) + if err != nil { + return cfg, fmt.Errorf("failed to load, %v from env config, %v", k, err) + } + } + } + + // S3 Regional Endpoint variable + for _, k := range s3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint { + if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) != 0 { + cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, err = endpoints.GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(v) + if err != nil { + return cfg, fmt.Errorf("failed to load, %v from env config, %v", k, err) + } + } + } + + return cfg, nil } func setFromEnvVal(dst *string, keys []string) { for _, k := range keys { - if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) > 0 { + if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) != 0 { *dst = v break } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go index 7b0a942e223..ab6daac7c30 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ type Session struct { // func is called instead of waiting to receive an error until a request is made. func New(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { // load initial config from environment - envCfg := loadEnvConfig() + envCfg, envErr := loadEnvConfig() if envCfg.EnableSharedConfig { var cfg aws.Config @@ -93,17 +93,17 @@ func New(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { // Session creation failed, need to report the error and prevent // any requests from succeeding. s = &Session{Config: defaults.Config()} - s.Config.MergeIn(cfgs...) - s.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR:", msg, "Error:", err) - s.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) { - r.Error = err - }) + s.logDeprecatedNewSessionError(msg, err, cfgs) } return s } s := deprecatedNewSession(cfgs...) + if envErr != nil { + msg := "failed to load env config" + s.logDeprecatedNewSessionError(msg, envErr, cfgs) + } if csmCfg, err := loadCSMConfig(envCfg, []string{}); err != nil { if l := s.Config.Logger; l != nil { @@ -112,11 +112,8 @@ func New(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { } else if csmCfg.Enabled { err := enableCSM(&s.Handlers, csmCfg, s.Config.Logger) if err != nil { - err = fmt.Errorf("failed to enable CSM, %v", err) - s.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR:", err.Error()) - s.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) { - r.Error = err - }) + msg := "failed to enable CSM" + s.logDeprecatedNewSessionError(msg, err, cfgs) } } @@ -279,10 +276,17 @@ type Options struct { // })) func NewSessionWithOptions(opts Options) (*Session, error) { var envCfg envConfig + var err error if opts.SharedConfigState == SharedConfigEnable { - envCfg = loadSharedEnvConfig() + envCfg, err = loadSharedEnvConfig() + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to load shared config, %v", err) + } } else { - envCfg = loadEnvConfig() + envCfg, err = loadEnvConfig() + if err != nil { + return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to load environment config, %v", err) + } } if len(opts.Profile) != 0 { @@ -550,6 +554,22 @@ func mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg *aws.Config, } } + // Regional Endpoint flag for STS endpoint resolving + mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig(cfg, []endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint{ + userCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, + envCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, + sharedCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, + endpoints.LegacySTSEndpoint, + }) + + // Regional Endpoint flag for S3 endpoint resolving + mergeS3UsEast1RegionalEndpointConfig(cfg, []endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint{ + userCfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, + envCfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, + sharedCfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, + endpoints.LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint, + }) + // Configure credentials if not already set by the user when creating the // Session. if cfg.Credentials == credentials.AnonymousCredentials && userCfg.Credentials == nil { @@ -563,6 +583,24 @@ func mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg *aws.Config, return nil } +func mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig(cfg *aws.Config, values []endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint) { + for _, v := range values { + if v != endpoints.UnsetSTSEndpoint { + cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = v + break + } + } +} + +func mergeS3UsEast1RegionalEndpointConfig(cfg *aws.Config, values []endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint) { + for _, v := range values { + if v != endpoints.UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint { + cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = v + break + } + } +} + func initHandlers(s *Session) { // Add the Validate parameter handler if it is not disabled. s.Handlers.Validate.Remove(corehandlers.ValidateParametersHandler) @@ -591,37 +629,15 @@ func (s *Session) Copy(cfgs ...*aws.Config) *Session { // ClientConfig satisfies the client.ConfigProvider interface and is used to // configure the service client instances. Passing the Session to the service // client's constructor (New) will use this method to configure the client. -func (s *Session) ClientConfig(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Config { - // Backwards compatibility, the error will be eaten if user calls ClientConfig - // directly. All SDK services will use ClientconfigWithError. - cfg, _ := s.clientConfigWithErr(serviceName, cfgs...) - - return cfg -} - -func (s *Session) clientConfigWithErr(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) (client.Config, error) { +func (s *Session) ClientConfig(service string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Config { s = s.Copy(cfgs...) - var resolved endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint - var err error - region := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region) - - if endpoint := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Endpoint); len(endpoint) != 0 { - resolved.URL = endpoints.AddScheme(endpoint, aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL)) - resolved.SigningRegion = region - } else { - resolved, err = s.Config.EndpointResolver.EndpointFor( - serviceName, region, - func(opt *endpoints.Options) { - opt.DisableSSL = aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL) - opt.UseDualStack = aws.BoolValue(s.Config.UseDualStack) - - // Support the condition where the service is modeled but its - // endpoint metadata is not available. - opt.ResolveUnknownService = true - }, - ) + resolved, err := s.resolveEndpoint(service, region, s.Config) + if err != nil && s.Config.Logger != nil { + s.Config.Logger.Log(fmt.Sprintf( + "ERROR: unable to resolve endpoint for service %q, region %q, err: %v", + service, region, err)) } return client.Config{ @@ -631,7 +647,42 @@ func (s *Session) clientConfigWithErr(serviceName string, cfgs ...*aws.Config) ( SigningRegion: resolved.SigningRegion, SigningNameDerived: resolved.SigningNameDerived, SigningName: resolved.SigningName, - }, err + } +} + +func (s *Session) resolveEndpoint(service, region string, cfg *aws.Config) (endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint, error) { + + if ep := aws.StringValue(cfg.Endpoint); len(ep) != 0 { + return endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint{ + URL: endpoints.AddScheme(ep, aws.BoolValue(cfg.DisableSSL)), + SigningRegion: region, + }, nil + } + + resolved, err := cfg.EndpointResolver.EndpointFor(service, region, + func(opt *endpoints.Options) { + opt.DisableSSL = aws.BoolValue(cfg.DisableSSL) + opt.UseDualStack = aws.BoolValue(cfg.UseDualStack) + // Support for STSRegionalEndpoint where the STSRegionalEndpoint is + // provided in envConfig or sharedConfig with envConfig getting + // precedence. + opt.STSRegionalEndpoint = cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // Support for S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint where the S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint is + // provided in envConfig or sharedConfig with envConfig getting + // precedence. + opt.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint + + // Support the condition where the service is modeled but its + // endpoint metadata is not available. + opt.ResolveUnknownService = true + }, + ) + if err != nil { + return endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint{}, err + } + + return resolved, nil } // ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint is the same as ClientConfig with the exception @@ -641,12 +692,9 @@ func (s *Session) ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint(cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Conf s = s.Copy(cfgs...) var resolved endpoints.ResolvedEndpoint - - region := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region) - if ep := aws.StringValue(s.Config.Endpoint); len(ep) > 0 { resolved.URL = endpoints.AddScheme(ep, aws.BoolValue(s.Config.DisableSSL)) - resolved.SigningRegion = region + resolved.SigningRegion = aws.StringValue(s.Config.Region) } return client.Config{ @@ -658,3 +706,14 @@ func (s *Session) ClientConfigNoResolveEndpoint(cfgs ...*aws.Config) client.Conf SigningName: resolved.SigningName, } } + +// logDeprecatedNewSessionError function enables error handling for session +func (s *Session) logDeprecatedNewSessionError(msg string, err error, cfgs []*aws.Config) { + // Session creation failed, need to report the error and prevent + // any requests from succeeding. + s.Config.MergeIn(cfgs...) + s.Config.Logger.Log("ERROR:", msg, "Error:", err) + s.Handlers.Validate.PushBack(func(r *request.Request) { + r.Error = err + }) +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go index d91ac93a544..1d7b049cf7c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ import ( "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints" "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/ini" ) @@ -40,6 +41,12 @@ const ( // Web Identity Token File webIdentityTokenFileKey = `web_identity_token_file` // optional + // Additional config fields for regional or legacy endpoints + stsRegionalEndpointSharedKey = `sts_regional_endpoints` + + // Additional config fields for regional or legacy endpoints + s3UsEast1RegionalSharedKey = `s3_us_east_1_regional_endpoint` + // DefaultSharedConfigProfile is the default profile to be used when // loading configuration from the config files if another profile name // is not provided. @@ -82,12 +89,23 @@ type sharedConfig struct { // // endpoint_discovery_enabled = true EnableEndpointDiscovery *bool - // CSM Options CSMEnabled *bool CSMHost string CSMPort string CSMClientID string + + // Specifies the Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the endpoint for a service + // + // sts_regional_endpoints = regional + // This can take value as `LegacySTSEndpoint` or `RegionalSTSEndpoint` + STSRegionalEndpoint endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // Specifies the Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the endpoint for a service + // + // s3_us_east_1_regional_endpoint = regional + // This can take value as `LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint` or `RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint` + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } type sharedConfigFile struct { @@ -244,8 +262,25 @@ func (cfg *sharedConfig) setFromIniFile(profile string, file sharedConfigFile, e updateString(&cfg.RoleSessionName, section, roleSessionNameKey) updateString(&cfg.SourceProfileName, section, sourceProfileKey) updateString(&cfg.CredentialSource, section, credentialSourceKey) - updateString(&cfg.Region, section, regionKey) + + if v := section.String(stsRegionalEndpointSharedKey); len(v) != 0 { + sre, err := endpoints.GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(v) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to load %s from shared config, %s, %v", + stsRegionalEndpointSharedKey, file.Filename, err) + } + cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = sre + } + + if v := section.String(s3UsEast1RegionalSharedKey); len(v) != 0 { + sre, err := endpoints.GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(v) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to load %s from shared config, %s, %v", + s3UsEast1RegionalSharedKey, file.Filename, err) + } + cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = sre + } } updateString(&cfg.CredentialProcess, section, credentialProcessKey) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go index d8c7476a41c..c220bd200b9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.25.6" +const SDKVersion = "1.25.38" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go index 0cc1304030f..558e792d03d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go @@ -402,10 +402,12 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmHistoryPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeAlarmHistoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeAlarmHistoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -539,10 +541,12 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAlarmsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Desc }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeAlarmsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeAlarmsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -1117,10 +1121,12 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) GetMetricDataPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMe }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetMetricDataOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetMetricDataOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -1490,10 +1496,12 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) ListDashboardsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *List }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListDashboardsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDashboardsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -1636,10 +1644,12 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) ListMetricsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMet }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMetricsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMetricsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -2304,19 +2314,20 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.R // TagResource API operation for Amazon CloudWatch. // // Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified CloudWatch resource. +// Currently, the only CloudWatch resources that can be tagged are alarms. +// // Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also use // them to scope user permissions, by granting a user permission to access or -// change only resources with certain tag values. In CloudWatch, alarms can -// be tagged. +// change only resources with certain tag values. // // Tags don't have any semantic meaning to AWS and are interpreted strictly // as strings of characters. // -// You can use the TagResource action with a resource that already has tags. -// If you specify a new tag key for the resource, this tag is appended to the -// list of tags associated with the resource. If you specify a tag key that -// is already associated with the resource, the new tag value that you specify -// replaces the previous value for that tag. +// You can use the TagResource action with an alarm that already has tags. If +// you specify a new tag key for the alarm, this tag is appended to the list +// of tags associated with the alarm. If you specify a tag key that is already +// associated with the alarm, the new tag value that you specify replaces the +// previous value for that tag. // // You can associate as many as 50 tags with a resource. // @@ -5068,6 +5079,19 @@ type MetricDataQuery struct { // MetricStat but not both. MetricStat *MetricStat `type:"structure"` + // The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. For metrics with + // regular resolution, a period can be as short as one minute (60 seconds) and + // must be a multiple of 60. For high-resolution metrics that are collected + // at intervals of less than one minute, the period can be 1, 5, 10, 30, 60, + // or any multiple of 60. High-resolution metrics are those metrics stored by + // a PutMetricData operation that includes a StorageResolution of 1 second. + // + // Use this field only when you are performing a GetMetricData operation, and + // only when you are specifying the Expression field. Do not use this field + // with a PutMetricAlarm operation or when you are specifying a MetricStat in + // a GetMetricData operation. + Period *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + // When used in GetMetricData, this option indicates whether to return the timestamps // and raw data values of this metric. If you are performing this call just // to do math expressions and do not also need the raw data returned, you can @@ -5101,6 +5125,9 @@ func (s *MetricDataQuery) Validate() error { if s.Id != nil && len(*s.Id) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Id", 1)) } + if s.Period != nil && *s.Period < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Period", 1)) + } if s.MetricStat != nil { if err := s.MetricStat.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("MetricStat", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) @@ -5137,6 +5164,12 @@ func (s *MetricDataQuery) SetMetricStat(v *MetricStat) *MetricDataQuery { return s } +// SetPeriod sets the Period field's value. +func (s *MetricDataQuery) SetPeriod(v int64) *MetricDataQuery { + s.Period = &v + return s +} + // SetReturnData sets the ReturnData field's value. func (s *MetricDataQuery) SetReturnData(v bool) *MetricDataQuery { s.ReturnData = &v @@ -5400,7 +5433,25 @@ type MetricStat struct { // Metric is a required field Metric *Metric `type:"structure" required:"true"` - // The period, in seconds, to use when retrieving the metric. + // The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. For metrics with + // regular resolution, a period can be as short as one minute (60 seconds) and + // must be a multiple of 60. For high-resolution metrics that are collected + // at intervals of less than one minute, the period can be 1, 5, 10, 30, 60, + // or any multiple of 60. High-resolution metrics are those metrics stored by + // a PutMetricData call that includes a StorageResolution of 1 second. + // + // If the StartTime parameter specifies a time stamp that is greater than 3 + // hours ago, you must specify the period as follows or no data points in that + // time range is returned: + // + // * Start time between 3 hours and 15 days ago - Use a multiple of 60 seconds + // (1 minute). + // + // * Start time between 15 and 63 days ago - Use a multiple of 300 seconds + // (5 minutes). + // + // * Start time greater than 63 days ago - Use a multiple of 3600 seconds + // (1 hour). // // Period is a required field Period *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` @@ -6509,14 +6560,13 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { type TagResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The ARN of the CloudWatch resource that you're adding tags to. For more information - // on ARN format, see Example ARNs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html#arn-syntax-cloudwatch) - // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. + // The ARN of the CloudWatch alarm that you're adding tags to. The ARN format + // is arn:aws:cloudwatch:Region:account-id:alarm:alarm-name // // ResourceARN is a required field ResourceARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The list of key-value pairs to associate with the resource. + // The list of key-value pairs to associate with the alarm. // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/service.go index 0d478662240..7e0a82fa086 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/service.go @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ const ( // aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. // // Example: +// mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// // // Create a CloudWatch client from just a session. // svc := cloudwatch.New(mySession) // @@ -46,11 +48,11 @@ const ( // svc := cloudwatch.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *CloudWatch { c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) - return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.PartitionID, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) } // newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. -func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *CloudWatch { +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, partitionID, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *CloudWatch { svc := &CloudWatch{ Client: client.New( cfg, @@ -59,6 +61,7 @@ func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio ServiceID: ServiceID, SigningName: signingName, SigningRegion: signingRegion, + PartitionID: partitionID, Endpoint: endpoint, APIVersion: "2010-08-01", }, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go index 1e9a303f164..fb036c0801c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go @@ -3493,11 +3493,10 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateCustomerGatewayRequest(input *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) (r // For more information, see AWS Site-to-Site VPN (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/latest/s2svpn/VPC_VPN.html) // in the AWS Site-to-Site VPN User Guide. // -// You cannot create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, -// IP address, and BGP ASN parameter values. If you run an identical request -// more than one time, the first request creates the customer gateway, and subsequent -// requests return information about the existing customer gateway. The subsequent -// requests do not create new customer gateway resources. +// To create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, +// and BGP ASN, specify a unique device name for each customer gateway. Identical +// requests return information about the existing customer gateway and do not +// create new customer gateways. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5619,7 +5618,7 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshotsRequest(input *CreateSnapshotsInput) (req *request. // Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes and stores the // data in S3. Volumes are chosen by specifying an instance. Any attached volumes // will produce one snapshot each that is crash-consistent across the instance. -// Boot volumes can be excluded by changing the paramaters. +// Boot volumes can be excluded by changing the parameters. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5958,8 +5957,10 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRequest(input *CreateTrafficMirrorFilterI // A Traffic Mirror filter is a set of rules that defines the traffic to mirror. // // By default, no traffic is mirrored. To mirror traffic, use CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule.htm) // to add Traffic Mirror rules to the filter. The rules you add define what // traffic gets mirrored. You can also use ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices.html) // to mirror supported network services. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -6034,7 +6035,7 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRuleRequest(input *CreateTrafficMirrorFil // CreateTrafficMirrorFilterRule API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. // -// Creates a Traffic Mirror rule. +// Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule. // // A Traffic Mirror rule defines the Traffic Mirror source traffic to mirror. // @@ -6122,8 +6123,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateTrafficMirrorSessionRequest(input *CreateTrafficMirrorSessio // can be in the same VPC, or in a different VPC connected via VPC peering or // a transit gateway. // -// By default, no traffic is mirrored. Use CreateTrafficMirrorFilter to create -// filter rules that specify the traffic to mirror. +// By default, no traffic is mirrored. Use CreateTrafficMirrorFilter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorFilter.htm) +// to create filter rules that specify the traffic to mirror. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6206,7 +6207,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateTrafficMirrorTargetRequest(input *CreateTrafficMirrorTargetI // // A Traffic Mirror target can be a network interface, or a Network Load Balancer. // -// To use the target in a Traffic Mirror session, use CreateTrafficMirrorSession. +// To use the target in a Traffic Mirror session, use CreateTrafficMirrorSession +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTrafficMirrorSession.htm). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -11343,10 +11345,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeByoipCidrsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Describ }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeByoipCidrsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeByoipCidrsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -11474,10 +11478,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeCapacityReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeCapacityReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -11607,10 +11613,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClassicLinkInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClassicLinkInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -11737,10 +11745,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Contex }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnAuthorizationRulesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -11868,10 +11878,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClientVpnConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -11998,10 +12010,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClientVpnEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -12128,10 +12142,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClientVpnRoutesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnRoutesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -12258,10 +12274,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, i }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientVpnTargetNetworksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -12546,10 +12564,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeDhcpOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDhcpOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -12676,10 +12696,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -13179,10 +13201,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeFleetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFle }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFleetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFleetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -13311,10 +13335,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeFlowLogsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeF }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFlowLogsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFlowLogsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -13517,10 +13543,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeFpgaImagesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Describ }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFpgaImagesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -13655,10 +13683,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHostReservationOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -13785,10 +13815,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *D }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHostReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHostReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -13919,10 +13951,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeHost }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHostsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeHostsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -14049,10 +14083,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Con }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeIamInstanceProfileAssociationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -14521,10 +14557,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImportImageTasksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *D }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeImportImageTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -14651,10 +14689,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeImportSnapshotTasksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeImportSnapshotTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -14882,10 +14922,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Conte }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15033,10 +15075,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Des }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstanceStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15178,10 +15222,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Describe }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15308,10 +15354,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInternetGatewaysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *D }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInternetGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15516,10 +15564,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, in }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLaunchTemplateVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15646,10 +15696,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeLaunchTemplatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLaunchTemplatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15778,10 +15830,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeMovingAddressesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeMovingAddressesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -15908,10 +15962,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNatGatewaysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNatGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -16041,10 +16097,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkAclsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNetworkAclsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -16246,10 +16304,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Contex }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNetworkInterfacePermissionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -16376,10 +16436,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeNetworkInterfacesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeNetworkInterfacesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -16587,10 +16649,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribePrefixListsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribePrefixListsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribePrefixListsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -16731,10 +16795,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribePrincipalIdFormatPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribePrincipalIdFormatOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -16861,10 +16927,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribePublicIpv4PoolsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribePublicIpv4PoolsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -17250,10 +17318,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Con }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -17391,10 +17461,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -17529,10 +17601,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeRouteTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeRouteTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeRouteTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -17667,10 +17741,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Cont }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -17797,10 +17873,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeScheduledInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduledInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -18009,10 +18087,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Des }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -18264,10 +18344,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Describe }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -18626,10 +18708,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotFleetRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotFleetRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -18772,10 +18856,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -18909,10 +18995,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSpotPriceHistoryPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *D }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSpotPriceHistoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19042,10 +19130,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19175,10 +19265,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSubnetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSubnetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSubnetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19308,10 +19400,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTagsI }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTagsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTagsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19438,10 +19532,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrafficMirrorFiltersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19569,10 +19665,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrafficMirrorSessionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19699,10 +19797,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrafficMirrorTargetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19832,10 +19932,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewayAttachmentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -19963,10 +20065,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewayRouteTablesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -20094,10 +20198,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Conte }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -20225,10 +20331,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTransitGatewaysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -20468,10 +20576,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descr }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumeStatusOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -20608,10 +20718,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVo }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -20751,10 +20863,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesModificationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVolumesModificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21036,10 +21150,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupportOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21167,10 +21283,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21298,10 +21416,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, in }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21428,10 +21548,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.C }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointServiceConfigurationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21559,10 +21681,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Cont }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointServicePermissionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21763,10 +21887,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descr }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -21893,10 +22019,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcPeeringConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -22023,10 +22151,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVpcsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeVpcsI }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeVpcsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -25149,10 +25279,12 @@ func (c *EC2) GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Co }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -25280,10 +25412,12 @@ func (c *EC2) GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Co }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTransitGatewayRouteTableAssociationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -25411,10 +25545,12 @@ func (c *EC2) GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Co }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -26180,10 +26316,10 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyFleetRequest(input *ModifyFleetInput) (req *request.Request, // // To scale up your EC2 Fleet, increase its target capacity. The EC2 Fleet launches // the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for the -// EC2 Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the EC2 Fleet +// EC2 Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, the EC2 Fleet // launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If // the allocation strategy is diversified, the EC2 Fleet distributes the instances -// across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, +// across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, // EC2 Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity // for the number of instances that are launching. // @@ -26191,11 +26327,11 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyFleetRequest(input *ModifyFleetInput) (req *request.Request, // Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You // can request that the EC2 Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of // the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy -// is lowestPrice, the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price -// per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, the EC2 Fleet -// terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least available -// Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the EC2 -// Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, +// is lowest-price, the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances with the highest +// price per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, the EC2 +// Fleet terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least +// available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, +// the EC2 Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, // you can request that the EC2 Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but // not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate // manually. @@ -26978,6 +27114,86 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Mo return out, req.Send() } +const opModifyInstanceMetadataOptions = "ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions" + +// ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions for more information on using the ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions +func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest(input *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opModifyInstanceMetadataOptions, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput{} + } + + output = &ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. +// +// Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance. +// When you modify the parameters on a stopped instance, they are applied when +// the instance is started. When you modify the parameters on a running instance, +// the API responds with a state of “pending”. After the parameter modifications +// are successfully applied to the instance, the state of the modifications +// changes from “pending” to “applied” in subsequent describe-instances +// API calls. For more information, see Instance Metadata and User Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's +// API operation ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions for usage and error information. +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions +func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions(input *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) (*ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsWithContext is the same as ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opModifyInstancePlacement = "ModifyInstancePlacement" // ModifyInstancePlacementRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -27624,7 +27840,7 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServicesRequest(input *ModifyTraff // to mirror network services, use RemoveNetworkServices to remove the network // services from the Traffic Mirror filter. // -// FFor information about filter rule properties, see Network Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/mirroring/traffic-mirroring-considerations.html#traffic-mirroring-network-services) +// For information about filter rule properties, see Network Services (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/mirroring/traffic-mirroring-considerations.html) // in the Traffic Mirroring User Guide . // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -29541,16 +29757,24 @@ func (c *EC2) RegisterImageRequest(input *RegisterImageInput) (req *request.Requ // You can't register an image where a secondary (non-root) snapshot has AWS // Marketplace product codes. // -// Some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and SUSE -// Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the EC2 billing product code associated -// with an AMI to verify the subscription status for package updates. Creating -// an AMI from an EBS snapshot does not maintain this billing code, and instances -// launched from such an AMI are not able to connect to package update infrastructure. -// If you purchase a Reserved Instance offering for one of these Linux distributions -// and launch instances using an AMI that does not contain the required billing -// code, your Reserved Instance is not applied to these instances. +// Windows and some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) +// and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the EC2 billing product code +// associated with an AMI to verify the subscription status for package updates. +// To create a new AMI for operating systems that require a billing product +// code, do the following: // -// To create an AMI for operating systems that require a billing code, see CreateImage. +// Launch an instance from an existing AMI with that billing product code. +// +// Customize the instance. +// +// Create a new AMI from the instance using CreateImage to preserve the billing +// product code association. +// +// If you purchase a Reserved Instance to apply to an On-Demand Instance that +// was launched from an AMI with a billing product code, make sure that the +// Reserved Instance has the matching billing product code. If you purchase +// a Reserved Instance without the matching billing product code, the Reserved +// Instance will not be applied to the On-Demand Instance. // // If needed, you can deregister an AMI at any time. Any modifications you make // to an AMI backed by an instance store volume invalidates its registration. @@ -39022,6 +39246,8 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // // SourceSnapshotId is a required field SourceSnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -39098,12 +39324,20 @@ func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetSourceSnapshotId(v string) *CopySnapshotInput { return s } +// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value. +func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetTagSpecifications(v []*TagSpecification) *CopySnapshotInput { + s.TagSpecifications = v + return s +} + // Contains the output of CopySnapshot. type CopySnapshotOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The ID of the new snapshot. SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"` + + Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -39122,6 +39356,12 @@ func (s *CopySnapshotOutput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *CopySnapshotOutput { return s } +// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. +func (s *CopySnapshotOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopySnapshotOutput { + s.Tags = v + return s +} + // The CPU options for the instance. type CpuOptions struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -39789,6 +40029,11 @@ type CreateCustomerGatewayInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the customer gateway certificate. CertificateArn *string `type:"string"` + // A name for the customer gateway device. + // + // Length Constraints: Up to 255 characters. + DeviceName *string `type:"string"` + // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, @@ -39843,6 +40088,12 @@ func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetCertificateArn(v string) *CreateCustomer return s } +// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value. +func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetDeviceName(v string) *CreateCustomerGatewayInput { + s.DeviceName = &v + return s +} + // SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value. func (s *CreateCustomerGatewayInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *CreateCustomerGatewayInput { s.DryRun = &v @@ -40765,6 +41016,9 @@ type CreateFpgaImageInput struct { // A name for the AFI. Name *string `type:"string"` + + // The tags to apply to the FPGA image during creation. + TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -40826,6 +41080,12 @@ func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetName(v string) *CreateFpgaImageInput { return s } +// SetTagSpecifications sets the TagSpecifications field's value. +func (s *CreateFpgaImageInput) SetTagSpecifications(v []*TagSpecification) *CreateFpgaImageInput { + s.TagSpecifications = v + return s +} + type CreateFpgaImageOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -41179,7 +41439,7 @@ type CreateKeyPairOutput struct { KeyFingerprint *string `locationName:"keyFingerprint" type:"string"` // An unencrypted PEM encoded RSA private key. - KeyMaterial *string `locationName:"keyMaterial" type:"string"` + KeyMaterial *string `locationName:"keyMaterial" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The name of the key pair. KeyName *string `locationName:"keyName" type:"string"` @@ -43375,9 +43635,8 @@ type CreateTrafficMirrorSessionInput struct { // The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN // header. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire // packet. To mirror a subset of the packet, set this to the length (in bytes) - // that you want to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 1network0, - // then the first 100 bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the - // target. + // that you want to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then + // the first 100 bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. // // If you do not want to mirror the entire packet, use the PacketLength parameter // to specify the number of bytes in each packet to mirror. @@ -45256,6 +45515,9 @@ type CustomerGateway struct { // The ID of the customer gateway. CustomerGatewayId *string `locationName:"customerGatewayId" type:"string"` + // The name of customer gateway device. + DeviceName *string `locationName:"deviceName" type:"string"` + // The Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's outside interface. IpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string"` @@ -45298,6 +45560,12 @@ func (s *CustomerGateway) SetCustomerGatewayId(v string) *CustomerGateway { return s } +// SetDeviceName sets the DeviceName field's value. +func (s *CustomerGateway) SetDeviceName(v string) *CustomerGateway { + s.DeviceName = &v + return s +} + // SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value. func (s *CustomerGateway) SetIpAddress(v string) *CustomerGateway { s.IpAddress = &v @@ -53305,9 +53573,8 @@ type DescribeInstancesInput struct { // * hypervisor - The hypervisor type of the instance (ovm | xen). // // * iam-instance-profile.arn - The instance profile associated with the - // instance. Specified as an ARN. - // - // * image-id - The ID of the image used to launch the instance. + // instance. Specified as an ARN. image-id - The ID of the image used to + // launch the instance. // // * instance-id - The ID of the instance. // @@ -53340,6 +53607,15 @@ type DescribeInstancesInput struct { // // * launch-time - The time when the instance was launched. // + // * metadata-http-tokens - The metadata request authorization state (optional + // | required) + // + // * metadata-http-put-response-hop-limit - The http metadata request put + // response hop limit (integer, possible values 1 to 64) + // + // * metadata-http-endpoint - Enable or disable metadata access on http endpoint + // (enabled | disabled) + // // * monitoring-state - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled // (disabled | enabled). // @@ -60790,6 +61066,9 @@ type DescribeVpnConnectionsInput struct { // // * vpn-gateway-id - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with // the VPN connection. + // + // * transit-gateway-id - The ID of a transit gateway associated with the + // VPN connection. Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` // One or more VPN connection IDs. @@ -66846,8 +67125,7 @@ func (s *GroupIdentifier) SetGroupName(v string) *GroupIdentifier { // Indicates whether your instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter // is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). -// Hibernation is currently supported only for Amazon Linux. For more information, -// see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) +// For more information, see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. type HibernationOptions struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -66875,8 +67153,7 @@ func (s *HibernationOptions) SetConfigured(v bool) *HibernationOptions { // Indicates whether your instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter // is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). -// Hibernation is currently supported only for Amazon Linux. For more information, -// see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) +// For more information, see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. type HibernationOptionsRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -68656,7 +68933,7 @@ type ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification struct { SubnetId *string `locationName:"subnetId" type:"string"` // The Base64-encoded user data to make available to the instance. - UserData *UserData `locationName:"userData" type:"structure"` + UserData *UserData `locationName:"userData" type:"structure" sensitive:"true"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -69445,6 +69722,9 @@ type Instance struct { // The license configurations. Licenses []*LicenseConfiguration `locationName:"licenseSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` + // The metadata options for the instance. + MetadataOptions *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse `locationName:"metadataOptions" type:"structure"` + // The monitoring for the instance. Monitoring *Monitoring `locationName:"monitoring" type:"structure"` @@ -69673,6 +69953,12 @@ func (s *Instance) SetLicenses(v []*LicenseConfiguration) *Instance { return s } +// SetMetadataOptions sets the MetadataOptions field's value. +func (s *Instance) SetMetadataOptions(v *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) *Instance { + s.MetadataOptions = v + return s +} + // SetMonitoring sets the Monitoring field's value. func (s *Instance) SetMonitoring(v *Monitoring) *Instance { s.Monitoring = v @@ -70154,6 +70440,146 @@ func (s *InstanceMarketOptionsRequest) SetSpotOptions(v *SpotMarketOptions) *Ins return s } +// The metadata options for the instance. +type InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This parameter enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. + // If the parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled. + // + // If you specify a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your instance + // metadata. + HttpEndpoint *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataEndpointState"` + + // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The + // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + // + // Default: 1 + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 + HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter + // is not specified in the request, the default state is optional. + // + // If the state is optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with + // or without a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM + // role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. + // If you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid signed token, the + // version 2.0 role credentials are returned. + // + // If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with any instance + // metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credentials + // always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are + // not available. + HttpTokens *string `type:"string" enum:"HttpTokensState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHttpEndpoint sets the HttpEndpoint field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest) SetHttpEndpoint(v string) *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest { + s.HttpEndpoint = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpPutResponseHopLimit sets the HttpPutResponseHopLimit field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest) SetHttpPutResponseHopLimit(v int64) *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest { + s.HttpPutResponseHopLimit = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpTokens sets the HttpTokens field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest) SetHttpTokens(v string) *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest { + s.HttpTokens = &v + return s +} + +// The metadata options for the instance. +type InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This parameter enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. + // If the parameter is not specified, the default state is enabled. + // + // If you specify a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your instance + // metadata. + HttpEndpoint *string `locationName:"httpEndpoint" type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataEndpointState"` + + // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The + // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. + // + // Default: 1 + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 + HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int64 `locationName:"httpPutResponseHopLimit" type:"integer"` + + // The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter + // is not specified in the request, the default state is optional. + // + // If the state is optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with + // or without a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM + // role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. + // If you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid signed token, the + // version 2.0 role credentials are returned. + // + // If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with any instance + // metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credential + // always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are + // not available. + HttpTokens *string `locationName:"httpTokens" type:"string" enum:"HttpTokensState"` + + // The state of the metadata option changes. + // + // pending - The metadata options are being updated and the instance is not + // ready to process metadata traffic with the new selection. + // + // applied - The metadata options have been successfully applied on the instance. + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataOptionsState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHttpEndpoint sets the HttpEndpoint field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) SetHttpEndpoint(v string) *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse { + s.HttpEndpoint = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpPutResponseHopLimit sets the HttpPutResponseHopLimit field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) SetHttpPutResponseHopLimit(v int64) *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse { + s.HttpPutResponseHopLimit = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpTokens sets the HttpTokens field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) SetHttpTokens(v string) *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse { + s.HttpTokens = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) SetState(v string) *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse { + s.State = &v + return s +} + // Describes the monitoring of an instance. type InstanceMonitoring struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -72285,7 +72711,6 @@ func (s *LaunchTemplateHibernationOptions) SetConfigured(v bool) *LaunchTemplate // Indicates whether the instance is configured for hibernation. This parameter // is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). -// Hibernation is currently supported only for Amazon Linux. type LaunchTemplateHibernationOptionsRequest struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -75066,6 +75491,135 @@ func (s *ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeOutput) SetEvent(v *InstanceStatusEvent) *M return s } +type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without + // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have + // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, + // it is UnauthorizedOperation. + DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // This parameter enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. + // If the parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained. + // + // If you specify a value of disabled, you will not be able to access your instance + // metadata. + HttpEndpoint *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataEndpointState"` + + // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The + // larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. If + // no parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained. + // + // Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 + HttpPutResponseHopLimit *int64 `type:"integer"` + + // The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter + // is not specified in the request, the default state is optional. + // + // If the state is optional, you can choose to retrieve instance metadata with + // or without a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM + // role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. + // If you retrieve the IAM role credentials using a valid signed token, the + // version 2.0 role credentials are returned. + // + // If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with any instance + // metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credential + // always returns the version 2.0 credentials; the version 1.0 credentials are + // not available. + HttpTokens *string `type:"string" enum:"HttpTokensState"` + + // The ID of the instance. + // + // InstanceId is a required field + InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput"} + if s.InstanceId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput { + s.DryRun = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpEndpoint sets the HttpEndpoint field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) SetHttpEndpoint(v string) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput { + s.HttpEndpoint = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpPutResponseHopLimit sets the HttpPutResponseHopLimit field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) SetHttpPutResponseHopLimit(v int64) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput { + s.HttpPutResponseHopLimit = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpTokens sets the HttpTokens field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) SetHttpTokens(v string) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput { + s.HttpTokens = &v + return s +} + +// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput { + s.InstanceId = &v + return s +} + +type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the instance. + InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"` + + // The metadata options for the instance. + InstanceMetadataOptions *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse `locationName:"instanceMetadataOptions" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput) SetInstanceId(v string) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput { + s.InstanceId = &v + return s +} + +// SetInstanceMetadataOptions sets the InstanceMetadataOptions field's value. +func (s *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput) SetInstanceMetadataOptions(v *InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse) *ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput { + s.InstanceMetadataOptions = v + return s +} + type ModifyInstancePlacementInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -80613,7 +81167,8 @@ type PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingInput struct { // prices. LimitPrice *ReservedInstanceLimitPrice `locationName:"limitPrice" type:"structure"` - // The time at which to purchase the Reserved Instance. + // The time at which to purchase the Reserved Instance, in UTC format (for example, + // YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). PurchaseTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase. @@ -82360,8 +82915,7 @@ type RequestLaunchTemplateData struct { // Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. This parameter // is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html#hibernating-prerequisites). - // Hibernation is currently supported only for Amazon Linux. For more information, - // see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) + // For more information, see Hibernate Your Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Hibernate.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. HibernationOptions *LaunchTemplateHibernationOptionsRequest `type:"structure"` @@ -85566,6 +86120,10 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct { // MaxCount is a required field MaxCount *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"` + // The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance + // Metadata and User Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ec2-instance-metadata.html). + MetadataOptions *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest `type:"structure"` + // The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that // is more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, // Amazon EC2 launches no instances. @@ -85848,6 +86406,12 @@ func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetMaxCount(v int64) *RunInstancesInput { return s } +// SetMetadataOptions sets the MetadataOptions field's value. +func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetMetadataOptions(v *InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest) *RunInstancesInput { + s.MetadataOptions = v + return s +} + // SetMinCount sets the MinCount field's value. func (s *RunInstancesInput) SetMinCount(v int64) *RunInstancesInput { s.MinCount = &v @@ -89453,14 +90017,14 @@ type SpotOptions struct { // Indicates how to allocate the target Spot Instance capacity across the Spot // Instance pools specified by the EC2 Fleet. // - // If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, EC2 Fleet launches instances from - // the Spot Instance pools with the lowest price. This is the default allocation + // If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, EC2 Fleet launches instances + // from the Spot Instance pools with the lowest price. This is the default allocation // strategy. // // If the allocation strategy is diversified, EC2 Fleet launches instances from // all the Spot Instance pools that you specify. // - // If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, EC2 Fleet launches instances + // If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, EC2 Fleet launches instances // from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances // that are launching. AllocationStrategy *string `locationName:"allocationStrategy" type:"string" enum:"SpotAllocationStrategy"` @@ -89469,7 +90033,7 @@ type SpotOptions struct { InstanceInterruptionBehavior *string `locationName:"instanceInterruptionBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SpotInstanceInterruptionBehavior"` // The number of Spot pools across which to allocate your target Spot capacity. - // Valid only when AllocationStrategy is set to lowestPrice. EC2 Fleet selects + // Valid only when AllocationStrategy is set to lowest-price. EC2 Fleet selects // the cheapest Spot pools and evenly allocates your target Spot capacity across // the number of Spot pools that you specify. InstancePoolsToUseCount *int64 `locationName:"instancePoolsToUseCount" type:"integer"` @@ -89549,14 +90113,14 @@ type SpotOptionsRequest struct { // Indicates how to allocate the target Spot Instance capacity across the Spot // Instance pools specified by the EC2 Fleet. // - // If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, EC2 Fleet launches instances from - // the Spot Instance pools with the lowest price. This is the default allocation + // If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, EC2 Fleet launches instances + // from the Spot Instance pools with the lowest price. This is the default allocation // strategy. // // If the allocation strategy is diversified, EC2 Fleet launches instances from // all the Spot Instance pools that you specify. // - // If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, EC2 Fleet launches instances + // If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, EC2 Fleet launches instances // from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances // that are launching. AllocationStrategy *string `type:"string" enum:"SpotAllocationStrategy"` @@ -90564,10 +91128,11 @@ type TagSpecification struct { // The type of resource to tag. Currently, the resource types that support tagging // on creation are: capacity-reservation | client-vpn-endpoint | dedicated-host - // | fleet | instance | launch-template | snapshot | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment + // | fleet | fpga-image | instance | launch-template | snapshot | traffic-mirror-filter + // | traffic-mirror-session | traffic-mirror-target | transit-gateway | transit-gateway-attachment // | transit-gateway-route-table | volume. // - // To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags. + // To tag a resource after it has been created, see CreateTags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_CreateTags.html). ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ResourceType"` // The tags to apply to the resource. @@ -93395,7 +93960,7 @@ func (s *UserBucketDetails) SetS3Key(v string) *UserBucketDetails { // Describes the user data for an instance. type UserData struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + _ struct{} `type:"structure" sensitive:"true"` // The user data. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding // is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you @@ -96306,6 +96871,14 @@ const ( HostTenancyHost = "host" ) +const ( + // HttpTokensStateOptional is a HttpTokensState enum value + HttpTokensStateOptional = "optional" + + // HttpTokensStateRequired is a HttpTokensState enum value + HttpTokensStateRequired = "required" +) + const ( // HypervisorTypeOvm is a HypervisorType enum value HypervisorTypeOvm = "ovm" @@ -96472,6 +97045,22 @@ const ( InstanceMatchCriteriaTargeted = "targeted" ) +const ( + // InstanceMetadataEndpointStateDisabled is a InstanceMetadataEndpointState enum value + InstanceMetadataEndpointStateDisabled = "disabled" + + // InstanceMetadataEndpointStateEnabled is a InstanceMetadataEndpointState enum value + InstanceMetadataEndpointStateEnabled = "enabled" +) + +const ( + // InstanceMetadataOptionsStatePending is a InstanceMetadataOptionsState enum value + InstanceMetadataOptionsStatePending = "pending" + + // InstanceMetadataOptionsStateApplied is a InstanceMetadataOptionsState enum value + InstanceMetadataOptionsStateApplied = "applied" +) + const ( // InstanceStateNamePending is a InstanceStateName enum value InstanceStateNamePending = "pending" @@ -97165,6 +97754,12 @@ const ( // InstanceTypeU12tb1Metal is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeU12tb1Metal = "u-12tb1.metal" + // InstanceTypeU18tb1Metal is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeU18tb1Metal = "u-18tb1.metal" + + // InstanceTypeU24tb1Metal is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeU24tb1Metal = "u-24tb1.metal" + // InstanceTypeA1Medium is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeA1Medium = "a1.medium" @@ -97179,6 +97774,105 @@ const ( // InstanceTypeA14xlarge is a InstanceType enum value InstanceTypeA14xlarge = "a1.4xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeA1Metal is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeA1Metal = "a1.metal" + + // InstanceTypeM5dnLarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dnLarge = "m5dn.large" + + // InstanceTypeM5dnXlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dnXlarge = "m5dn.xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5dn2xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dn2xlarge = "m5dn.2xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5dn4xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dn4xlarge = "m5dn.4xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5dn8xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dn8xlarge = "m5dn.8xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5dn12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dn12xlarge = "m5dn.12xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5dn16xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dn16xlarge = "m5dn.16xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5dn24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5dn24xlarge = "m5dn.24xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5nLarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5nLarge = "m5n.large" + + // InstanceTypeM5nXlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5nXlarge = "m5n.xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5n2xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5n2xlarge = "m5n.2xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5n4xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5n4xlarge = "m5n.4xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5n8xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5n8xlarge = "m5n.8xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5n12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5n12xlarge = "m5n.12xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5n16xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5n16xlarge = "m5n.16xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeM5n24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeM5n24xlarge = "m5n.24xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dnLarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dnLarge = "r5dn.large" + + // InstanceTypeR5dnXlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dnXlarge = "r5dn.xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dn2xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dn2xlarge = "r5dn.2xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dn4xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dn4xlarge = "r5dn.4xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dn8xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dn8xlarge = "r5dn.8xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dn12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dn12xlarge = "r5dn.12xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dn16xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dn16xlarge = "r5dn.16xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5dn24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5dn24xlarge = "r5dn.24xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5nLarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5nLarge = "r5n.large" + + // InstanceTypeR5nXlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5nXlarge = "r5n.xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5n2xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5n2xlarge = "r5n.2xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5n4xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5n4xlarge = "r5n.4xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5n8xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5n8xlarge = "r5n.8xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5n12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5n12xlarge = "r5n.12xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5n16xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5n16xlarge = "r5n.16xlarge" + + // InstanceTypeR5n24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value + InstanceTypeR5n24xlarge = "r5n.24xlarge" ) const ( diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/ec2iface/interface.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/ec2iface/interface.go index fc80e669c11..b0afb065b16 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/ec2iface/interface.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/ec2iface/interface.go @@ -1421,6 +1421,10 @@ type EC2API interface { ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeWithContext(aws.Context, *ec2.ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeInput, ...request.Option) (*ec2.ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeOutput, error) ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeRequest(*ec2.ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeInput) (*request.Request, *ec2.ModifyInstanceEventStartTimeOutput) + ModifyInstanceMetadataOptions(*ec2.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) (*ec2.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput, error) + ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsWithContext(aws.Context, *ec2.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput, ...request.Option) (*ec2.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput, error) + ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest(*ec2.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput) (*request.Request, *ec2.ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsOutput) + ModifyInstancePlacement(*ec2.ModifyInstancePlacementInput) (*ec2.ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error) ModifyInstancePlacementWithContext(aws.Context, *ec2.ModifyInstancePlacementInput, ...request.Option) (*ec2.ModifyInstancePlacementOutput, error) ModifyInstancePlacementRequest(*ec2.ModifyInstancePlacementInput) (*request.Request, *ec2.ModifyInstancePlacementOutput) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/service.go index 6acbc43fe3d..f8c075614f6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/service.go @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ const ( // aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. // // Example: +// mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// // // Create a EC2 client from just a session. // svc := ec2.New(mySession) // @@ -46,11 +48,11 @@ const ( // svc := ec2.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *EC2 { c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) - return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.PartitionID, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) } // newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. -func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *EC2 { +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, partitionID, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *EC2 { svc := &EC2{ Client: client.New( cfg, @@ -59,6 +61,7 @@ func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio ServiceID: ServiceID, SigningName: signingName, SigningRegion: signingRegion, + PartitionID: partitionID, Endpoint: endpoint, APIVersion: "2016-11-15", }, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/api.go index f66fd74d43e..81479de737f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/api.go @@ -159,10 +159,12 @@ func (c *ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI) GetResourcesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetResourcesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetResourcesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -306,10 +308,12 @@ func (c *ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI) GetTagKeysPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, i }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTagKeysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTagKeysOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -454,10 +458,12 @@ func (c *ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI) GetTagValuesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*GetTagValuesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*GetTagValuesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/service.go index 705db6b0d70..66f20601cb3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/resourcegroupstaggingapi/service.go @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ const ( // aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. // // Example: +// mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// // // Create a ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI client from just a session. // svc := resourcegroupstaggingapi.New(mySession) // @@ -46,11 +48,11 @@ const ( // svc := resourcegroupstaggingapi.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI { c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) - return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.PartitionID, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) } // newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. -func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI { +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, partitionID, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI { svc := &ResourceGroupsTaggingAPI{ Client: client.New( cfg, @@ -59,6 +61,7 @@ func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio ServiceID: ServiceID, SigningName: signingName, SigningRegion: signingRegion, + PartitionID: partitionID, Endpoint: endpoint, APIVersion: "2017-01-26", JSONVersion: "1.1", diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go index b4a4e8c4ad7..630237b9924 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go @@ -66,12 +66,32 @@ func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req // AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Aborts a multipart upload. +// This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, +// no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed +// by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads +// are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. +// As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple +// times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. // // To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for -// the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the +// the part storage, you should call the ListParts operation and ensure the // parts list is empty. // +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -151,6 +171,64 @@ func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) // // Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. // +// You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the +// UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of +// an upload, you call this operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving +// this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by +// part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, +// you must provide the parts list. You must ensure the parts list is complete, +// this operation concatenates the parts you provide in the list. For each part +// in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned +// after that part was uploaded. +// +// Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes +// to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP +// response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in +// progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends whitespace characters to keep the +// connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial +// 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response +// body to determine whether the request succeeded. +// +// Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared +// to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best +// Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html). +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart +// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html). +// +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special errors: +// +// * Error code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller +// than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB +// in size, except the last part. 400 Bad Request +// +// * Error code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts +// could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified +// entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. 400 Bad Request +// +// * Error code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not +// in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part +// number. 400 Bad Request +// +// * Error code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload +// does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload +// might have been aborted or completed. 404 Not Found +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -225,6 +303,189 @@ func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, ou // // Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. // +// You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a +// copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic operation using +// this API. However, for copying an object greater than 5 GB, you must use +// the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For conceptual information, +// see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html). +// +// When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify +// new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for +// the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify +// a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using +// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// +// Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration does not support cross-region copies. If +// you request a cross-region copy using a Transfer Acceleration endpoint, you +// get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information about transfer acceleration, +// see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html). +// +// All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read +// access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For +// more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). +// Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that +// you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. +// +// To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag +// matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, +// use the request parameters x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, +// x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, or x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since. +// +// All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be +// signed. +// +// You can use this operation to change the storage class of an object that +// is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more +// information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). +// +// The source object that you are copying can be encrypted or unencrypted. If +// the source object is encrypted, it can be encrypted by server-side encryption +// using AWS-managed encryption keys or by using a customer-provided encryption +// key. When copying an object, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypt the target +// object by using either the AWS-managed encryption keys or by using your own +// encryption key. You can do this regardless of the form of server-side encryption +// that was used to encrypt the source, or even if the source object was not +// encrypted. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side +// Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html). +// +// A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request +// or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy +// operation starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs +// during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. +// This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. +// Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle +// it appropriately. +// +// If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about +// the copied object. +// +// If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If +// it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need +// to read the entire body. +// +// Consider the following when using request headers: +// +// * Consideration 1 – If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since +// headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 +// returns 200 OK and copies the data: x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition +// evaluates to true x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates +// to false +// +// * Consideration 2 – If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and +// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request +// and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed +// response code: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to +// false x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true +// +// The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region you specify +// for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 Pricing +// (https://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/). +// +// Following are other considerations when using CopyObject: +// +// Versioning +// +// By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object +// to copy. (If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as +// if the object was deleted.) To copy a different version, use the versionId +// subresource. +// +// If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique +// version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from +// the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of +// the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. +// +// If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version +// ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null. +// +// If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, then you must restore a +// copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy +// operation. For more information, see . +// +// Access Permissions +// +// When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups +// that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are +// two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters +// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more +// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// To encrypt the target object, you must provide the appropriate encryption-related +// request headers. The one you use depends on whether you want to use AWS-managed +// encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * To encrypt the target object using server-side encryption with an AWS-managed +// encryption key, provide the following request headers, as appropriate. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) in KMS to protect the +// data. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail +// if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information +// on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in Amazon KMS (SSE-KMS), see +// Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * To encrypt the target object using server-side encryption with an encryption +// key that you provide, use the following headers. x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// * If the source object is encrypted using server-side encryption with +// customer-provided encryption keys, you must use the following headers. +// x-amz-copy-source​-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm x-amz-copy-source​-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// x-amz-copy-source-​server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 For +// more information on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in Amazon +// KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs +// stored in Amazon KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers +// +// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this +// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access +// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual +// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions +// are then added to the Access Control List (ACL) on the object. For more information, +// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following +// two methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined +// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees +// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access +// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. +// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an +// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. +// To grant permissions explicitly use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write +// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS +// accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object data +// and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// The following operation are related to CopyObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * GetObject +// +// For more information, see Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -303,7 +564,60 @@ func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request // CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Creates a new bucket. +// Creates a new bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 +// and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests +// are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the +// bucket owner. +// +// Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information on bucket +// naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html). +// +// By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) region. You +// can optionally specify a region in the request body. You might choose a region +// to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. +// For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous +// to create buckets in the EU (Ireland) region. For more information, see How +// to Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro). +// +// If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, +// the request go to the us-east-1 region. Accordingly, the signature calculations +// in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as region, even if the location +// constraint in the request specifies another region where the bucket is to +// be created. If you create a bucket in a region other than US East (N. Virginia) +// region, your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, +// see Virtual Hosting of Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html). +// +// When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the +// accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. +// There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request +// headers. +// +// * Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports +// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a +// predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see +// Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, +// x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, x-amz-grant-full-control +// headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports +// in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS +// accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object data +// and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// The following operations are related to CreateBucket: +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -318,6 +632,11 @@ func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request // by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. // // * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" +// The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 +// returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia region. +// For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already +// own in the North Virginia region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the +// bucket access control lists (ACLs). // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { @@ -385,13 +704,146 @@ func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (re // CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. +// This operation initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This +// upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart +// upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part +// requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request +// to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. // -// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you -// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged -// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort -// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging -// you for the parts storage. +// For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html). +// +// If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, +// the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket +// lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes +// eligible for an abort operation and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. +// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket +// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). +// +// For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload +// API, see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. +// You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, +// and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. +// There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more +// information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version +// 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html). +// +// After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop +// being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or +// abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the +// parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete +// or abort a multipart upload. +// +// You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, +// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers +// and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, +// or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or +// Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption +// key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart) and UploadPartCopy) requests +// must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by +// using CreateMultipartUpload. +// +// To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester +// must have permission to the kms:Encrypt, kms:Decrypt, kms:ReEncrypt*, kms:GenerateDataKey*, +// and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because +// Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before +// it completes the multipart upload. +// +// If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same +// AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the +// key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than +// the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your +// IAM user or role. +// +// For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html). +// +// Access Permissions +// +// When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups +// that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are +// two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters +// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more +// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side +// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon +// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts +// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to +// use AWS-managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) +// stored in Amazon Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want AWS to manage +// the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and +// PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make +// them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information on Server-Side Encryption +// with CMKs Stored in Amazon KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side +// Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 For more information +// on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting +// Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers +// +// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this +// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access +// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual +// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions +// are then added to the Access Control List (ACL) on the object. For more information, +// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following +// two methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined +// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees +// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access +// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. +// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an +// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. +// To grant permissions explicitly use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write +// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS +// accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object data +// and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload: +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -469,6 +921,12 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request // Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete // Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. // +// Related Resources +// +// * +// +// * +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -547,7 +1005,20 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyt // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner -// can grant this permission to others. +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics +// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: +// +// * +// +// * +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -622,7 +1093,21 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request // DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the CORS configuration information set for the bucket. +// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// For information more about cors, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon +// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources: +// +// * +// +// * RESTOPTIONSobject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -697,7 +1182,23 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) ( // DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the server-side encryption configuration from the bucket. +// This implementation of the DELETE operation removes default encryption from +// the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, +// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//bucket-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * PutBucketEncryption +// +// * GetBucketEncryption // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -775,6 +1276,23 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInvent // Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from // the bucket. // +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html). +// +// Operation related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: +// +// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -848,7 +1366,27 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (re // DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket. +// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 +// removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource +// associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer +// automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the +// deleted lifecycle configuration. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. +// +// There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is +// fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. +// +// For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe +// Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions). +// +// Related actions include: +// +// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -923,8 +1461,28 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsC // DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) -// from the bucket. +// Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics +// (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this +// doesn't include the daily storage metrics. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring +// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// +// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -999,7 +1557,29 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *req // DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the policy from the bucket. +// This implementation of the DELETE operation uses the policysubresource to +// delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other +// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity +// must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and +// belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 +// Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're notusing +// an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns +// a 405 Method Not Allowed error. +// +// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket +// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root +// user the ability to perform this action. +// +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and +// UserPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1074,10 +1654,26 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) // DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. For information about -// replication configuration, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) +// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it +// to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related +// to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully +// propagate. +// +// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. // +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication +// +// * PutBucketReplication +// +// * GetBucketReplication +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1153,6 +1749,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *r // // Deletes the tags from the bucket. // +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging +// +// * GetBucketTagging +// +// * PutBucketTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1226,7 +1832,26 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *r // DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. +// This operation removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 +// returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration +// on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration +// you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns +// a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. +// +// This DELETE operation requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By +// default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached +// to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete +// the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite +// permission. +// +// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon +// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite +// +// * GetBucketWebsite +// +// * PutBucketWebsite // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1304,6 +1929,29 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request // marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a // null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects. // +// To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use +// the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the +// version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response +// header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true. +// +// If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning +// configurationis MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request +// header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must +// use HTTPS. +// +// For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html). +// To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete). +// +// You can delete objects by explicitly calling the DELETE Object API or configure +// its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for +// you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects +// from your bucket you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. +// +// The following operation is related to DeleteObject +// +// * PutObject +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1376,7 +2024,21 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *r // DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Removes the tag-set from an existing object. +// Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information +// about managing object tags, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging +// action. +// +// To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter +// in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging +// action. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * PutObjectTagging +// +// * GetObjectTagging // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1451,7 +2113,47 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Reque // DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using -// a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys. +// a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, +// then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual +// delete requests, reducing per-request overhead. +// +// The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In +// the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if +// you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled +// bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the +// result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that, if +// the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result +// as deleted. +// +// The operation supports two modes for the response; verbose and quiet. By +// default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the +// result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response +// includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a +// successful deletion, the operation does not return any information about +// the delete in the response body. +// +// When performing this operation on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts +// to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do +// not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non versioned +// objects you are attempting to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether +// there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete +// request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete). +// +// Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. +// Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not +// be altered in transit. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteObjects +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1526,7 +2228,21 @@ func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) // DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration from an Amazon S3 bucket. +// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. In order +// to use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. +// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket +// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * PutPublicAccessBlock +// +// * GetBucketPolicyStatus // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1600,7 +2316,32 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateC // GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket. +// This implementation of the GET operation uses the accelerate subresource +// to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled +// or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that +// enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled +// or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. +// +// A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that +// has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration +// state, if a state has never been set on the bucket. +// +// For more information on transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//transfer-acceleration.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1674,7 +2415,15 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request // GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets the access control policy for the bucket. +// This implementation of the GET operation uses the acl subresource to return +// the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of +// the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission +// is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without +// using an authorization header. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1748,8 +2497,27 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsCon // GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics -// configuration ID). +// This implementation of the GET operation returns an analytics configuration +// (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics +// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * +// +// * +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1823,7 +2591,20 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Reque // GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the CORS configuration for the bucket. +// Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it +// to others. +// +// To learn more cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html)Enabling +// Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: +// +// * PutBucketCors +// +// * DeleteBucketCors // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1897,7 +2678,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *r // GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the server-side encryption configuration of a bucket. +// Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For +// information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 +// Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption: +// +// * PutBucketEncryption +// +// * DeleteBucketEncryption // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1971,8 +2766,25 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryCon // GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from -// the bucket. +// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration +// ID) from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration: +// +// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +// +// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2051,7 +2863,33 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *req // GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// No longer used, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration. +// If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should +// the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility. +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information +// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle +// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault +// Code Prefix: Client +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle: +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketLifecycle +// +// * DeleteBucketLifecycle // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2129,7 +2967,37 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleCon // GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. +// +// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using +// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. +// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes +// the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset +// of objects to which the rule applies. If you are still using previous version +// of the lifecycle configuration, it works. For the earlier API description, +// see GetBucketLifecycle. +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information +// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle +// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault +// Code Prefix: Client +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * GetBucketLifecycle +// +// * PutBucketLifecycle +// +// * DeleteBucketLifecycle // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2203,7 +3071,17 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *reque // GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the region the bucket resides in. +// Returns the region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's region using +// the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more +// information, see CreateBucket. +// +// To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * CreateBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2280,6 +3158,12 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request // Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to // view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. // +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * PutBucketLogging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2353,7 +3237,26 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigu // GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) -// from the bucket. +// from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring +// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// +// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2432,7 +3335,7 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurat // GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// No longer used, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. +// No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2512,6 +3415,22 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificat // // Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. // +// If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the operation returns an +// empty NotificationConfiguration element. +// +// By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration +// of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission +// to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification +// permission. +// +// For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration +// on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operation is related to GetBucketNotification: +// +// * PutBucketNotification +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2584,7 +3503,26 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.R // GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. +// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other +// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity +// must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong +// to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access +// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an +// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a +// 405 Method Not Allowed error. +// +// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket +// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root +// user the ability to perform this action. +// +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and +// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operation is related to GetBucketPolicy: +// +// * GetObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2659,7 +3597,22 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (re // GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the -// bucket is public. +// bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying +// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see +// The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus: +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * PutPublicAccessBlock +// +// * DeletePublicAccessBlock // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2739,6 +3692,28 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req // to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete // can return a wrong result. // +// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html). +// +// This operation requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration +// action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies +// and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must +// also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response +// also returns those elements. +// +// GetBucketReplication has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchReplicationConfiguration Description: There is no +// replication configuration with that name. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication: +// +// * PutBucketReplication +// +// * DeleteBucketReplication +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2811,7 +3786,13 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) // GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. +// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version +// of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see +// Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: +// +// * ListObjects // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2887,6 +3868,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request // // Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. // +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// GetBucketTagging has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchTagSetError Description: There is no tag set associated +// with the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging: +// +// * PutBucketTagging +// +// * DeleteBucketTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2961,6 +3957,20 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *r // // Returns the versioning state of a bucket. // +// To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning +// state, i.e., if the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use +// an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteObject +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -3033,7 +4043,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request // GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. +// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon +// S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. +// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon +// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). +// +// This GET operation requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, +// only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, +// bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by +// writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite +// +// * DeleteBucketWebsite +// +// * PutBucketWebsite // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3107,7 +4131,130 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, outp // GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. +// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to +// the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return +// the object without using an authorization header. +// +// An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in +// a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy +// by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead +// of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. +// +// To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name +// for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, +// if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource +// as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if +// you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, +// specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For +// more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket). +// +// To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by +// using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html). +// For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl. +// +// If the object you are retrieving is stored in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE +// storage classes, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore +// a copy using . Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectStateError +// error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived +// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html). +// +// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not +// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed +// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll +// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. +// +// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when +// you GET the object, you must use the following headers: +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided +// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). +// +// Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging +// action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides +// the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging +// to retrieve the tag set associated with an object. +// +// Permissions +// +// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends +// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// +// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will +// return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error. +// +// * If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return +// an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error. +// +// Versioning +// +// By default, the GET operation returns the current version of an object. To +// return a different version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves +// as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the +// response. +// +// For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning. +// +// Overriding Response Header Values +// +// There are times when you want to override certain response header values +// in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition +// response header value in your GET request. +// +// You can override values for a set of response headers using the following +// query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful +// request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers +// you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon +// S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override +// for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, +// Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values +// in the GET response, you use the following request parameters. +// +// You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned +// URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) +// request. +// +// * response-content-type +// +// * response-content-language +// +// * response-expires +// +// * response-cache-control +// +// * response-content-disposition +// +// * response-content-encoding +// +// Additional Considerations about Request Headers +// +// If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the +// request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since +// condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. +// +// If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in +// the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since +// condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code. +// +// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). +// +// The following operations are related to GetObject: +// +// * ListBuckets +// +// * GetObjectAcl // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3186,7 +4333,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request // GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. +// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, +// you must have READ_ACP access to the object. +// +// Versioning +// +// By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. +// To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * DeleteObject +// +// * PutObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3265,7 +4426,8 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *req // GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. +// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see Locking +// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3339,9 +4501,10 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfiguration // GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets the object lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the -// object lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object -// placed in the specified bucket. +// Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the +// Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object +// placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3415,7 +4578,8 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *req // GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Retrieves an object's retention settings. +// Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking +// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3489,7 +4653,25 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request // GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the tag-set of an object. +// Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging +// subresource associated with the object. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging +// action. By default, the GET operation returns information about current version +// of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an +// object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId +// query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging +// action. +// +// By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission +// to others. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). +// +// The following operation is related to GetObjectTagging: +// +// * PutObjectTagging // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3563,7 +4745,19 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request // GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Return torrent files from a bucket. +// Return torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when +// you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see +// Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html). +// +// You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size and +// that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption key. +// +// To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. +// +// The following operation is related to GetObjectTorrent: +// +// * GetObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3637,7 +4831,30 @@ func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req // GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. +// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. In +// order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying +// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// +// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket +// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the +// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. +// If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the +// account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level +// and account-level settings. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object +// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). +// +// The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock: +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// +// * PutPublicAccessBlock +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * DeletePublicAccessBlock // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3713,7 +4930,15 @@ func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, ou // HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission -// to access it. +// to access it. The operation returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you +// have permission to access it. Otherwise, the operation might return responses +// such as 404 Not Found and 403 Forbidden. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3796,6 +5021,63 @@ func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, ou // object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's // metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. // +// A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The +// response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response +// body. +// +// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when +// you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers: +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided +// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). +// +// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not +// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed +// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll +// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. +// +// Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common +// Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html). +// +// Consider the following when using request headers: +// +// * Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since +// headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates +// to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; Then Amazon +// S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. +// +// * Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since +// headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition +// evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; +// Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. +// +// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). +// +// Permissions +// +// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends +// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// +// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will +// return a HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error. +// +// * If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return +// a HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error. +// +// The following operation is related to HeadObject: +// +// * GetObject +// // See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses // for more information on returned errors. // @@ -3871,7 +5153,33 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalytics // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. +// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 +// analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element +// in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated +// is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is +// set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use +// the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by +// passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics +// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations: +// +// * GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3945,7 +5253,33 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventory // ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. +// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up +// to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. +// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. +// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and +// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken +// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token +// in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations: +// +// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4019,7 +5353,34 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConf // ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. +// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations +// are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information +// on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. +// +// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. +// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. +// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and +// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken +// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token +// in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request +// metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations: +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4173,7 +5534,40 @@ func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req // ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. +// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart +// upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart +// Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. +// +// This operation returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000 +// multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include, +// which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads +// in a response by specifying the max-uploads parameter in the response. If +// additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will +// contain an IsTruncated element with the value true. To list the additional +// multipart uploads, use the key-marker and upload-id-marker request parameters. +// +// In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated +// more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in +// the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in +// ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time. +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart +// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html). +// +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads: +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4246,10 +5640,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4303,7 +5699,24 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *req // ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. +// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. You can +// also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about +// a subset of all the object versions. +// +// A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your +// application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. +// +// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: +// +// * ListObjectsV2 +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4376,10 +5789,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObje }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4435,7 +5850,25 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, // // Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects -// in a bucket. +// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure +// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle +// it appropriately. +// +// This API has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, +// when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues +// to support ListObjects. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjects: +// +// * ListObjectsV2 +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * ListBuckets // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4513,10 +5946,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4570,10 +6005,34 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Reque // ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use +// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects -// in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend -// you use this revised API for new application development. +// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure +// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle +// it appropriately. +// +// To use thisoperation, you must have READ access to the bucket. +// +// To use this operation in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, +// you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket +// owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. +// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket +// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// This section describes the latest revision of the API. We recommend that +// you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility, +// Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, ListObjects. +// +// To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * CreateBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4651,10 +6110,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2 }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4709,6 +6170,33 @@ func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, outp // ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. +// This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the +// initiate multipart upload request (see CreateMultipartUpload). This request +// returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned +// is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying +// the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more +// than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value +// of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. In subsequent ListParts requests +// you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its +// value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart +// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html). +// +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListParts: +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListMultipartUploads // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4781,10 +6269,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, f }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4833,7 +6323,41 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateC // PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. +// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer +// Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster +// data transfers to Amazon S3. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following +// two values: +// +// * Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. +// +// * Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. +// +// The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation returns the transfer acceleration +// state of a bucket. +// +// After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it +// might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket +// increase. +// +// The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant +// and must not contain periods ("."). +// +// For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration: +// +// * GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +// +// * CreateBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4908,7 +6432,80 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request // PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission. +// +// You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions: +// +// * Specify the ACL in the request body +// +// * Specify permissions using request headers +// +// You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request +// headers. +// +// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket +// using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an +// existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then +// you can continue to use that approach. +// +// Access Permissions +// +// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports +// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a +// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name +// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other +// access control specific headers in your request. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using +// these headers you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS +// accounts or a Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you +// use these ACL specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set +// a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon +// S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) +// Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of +// the following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, +// overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined +// by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses. +// x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", +// emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Grantee Values +// +// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights +// (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee> +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET +// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request +// +// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteBucket +// +// * GetObjectAcl // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4984,7 +6581,50 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsCon // PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics -// configuration ID). +// configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per +// bucket. +// +// You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports to +// a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file, see the DataExport request element. +// Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters you configure. +// When selecting data export you specify a destination bucket and optional +// destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to +// a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket +// must be in the same region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics +// configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage +// Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). +// +// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported +// file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the +// bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory +// and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// Special Errors +// +// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid +// argument. +// +// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: +// You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached +// the 1,000-configuration limit. +// +// * HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not +// the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration +// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * +// +// * +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5059,7 +6699,49 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Reque // PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets the CORS configuration for a bucket. +// Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, +// Amazon S3 replaces it. +// +// To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it +// to others. +// +// You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin +// requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is +// http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com +// by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. +// +// To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors +// subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which +// you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be +// executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. +// +// When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) +// against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses +// the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable +// a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must +// be met: +// +// * The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements. +// +// * The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method +// header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod +// elements. +// +// * Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request +// header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element. +// +// For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon +// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketCors +// +// * DeleteBucketCors +// +// * RESTOPTIONSobject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5134,8 +6816,32 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *r // PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Creates a new server-side encryption configuration (or replaces an existing -// one, if present). +// This implementation of the PUT operation uses the encryption subresource +// to set the default encryption state of an existing bucket. +// +// This implementation of the PUT operation sets default encryption for a buckets +// using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys SSE-S3 or AWS KMS +// customer master keys (CMKs) (SSE-KMS) bucket. For information about the Amazon +// S3 default encryption feature, see As a security precaution, the root user +// of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even +// if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this +// action. in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// This operation requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see +// Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) (sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketEncryption +// +// * DeleteBucketEncryption // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5210,8 +6916,54 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryCon // PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the -// bucket. +// This implementation of the PUT operation adds an inventory configuration +// (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 +// inventory configurations per bucket. +// +// Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on +// a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The +// bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where +// the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination +// bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. +// +// When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination +// bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate +// the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata +// to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. +// For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//storage-inventory.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions +// to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For +// an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage +// Class Analysis. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9) +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Special Errors +// +// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument +// +// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are +// attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the +// 1,000-configuration limit. +// +// * HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner +// of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration +// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5291,7 +7043,55 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *req // PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// No longer used, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. +// This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will +// work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API. +// +// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing +// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see +// Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related +// subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) +// are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, +// can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions +// to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get +// the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. +// +// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes +// any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing +// or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for +// the following actions: +// +// * s3:DeleteObject +// +// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// +// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration +// +// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to +// your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA +// or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples). +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated) +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * +// +// * By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is +// the AWS account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. +// A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. +// For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Simple Storage +// Service Developer Guide: Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html) +// Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5370,8 +7170,69 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleCon // PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration -// exists, it replaces it. +// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing +// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see +// Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using +// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. +// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version +// of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which +// is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, +// see PutBucketLifecycle. +// +// Rules +// +// You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle +// configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule +// consists of the following: +// +// * Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The +// filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination +// of both. +// +// * Status whether the rule is in effect. +// +// * One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want +// Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state +// of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can +// have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or +// more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that +// you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions. +// +// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) +// and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html). +// +// Permissions +// +// By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, +// and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website +// configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created +// it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access +// permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a +// user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. +// +// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any +// other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or +// deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the +// following actions: +// +// * s3:DeleteObject +// +// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// +// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration +// +// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to +// Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration: +// +// * Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html) +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketLifecycle // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5447,9 +7308,52 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request // PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who -// can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of +// can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets +// in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of // a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. // +// The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use +// the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions +// request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. +// +// Grantee Values +// +// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights +// (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request. +// +// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<> +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET +// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. +// To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: +// +// +// +// For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html). +// +// For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more +// information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging: +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteBucket +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * GetBucketLogging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -5524,7 +7428,33 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigu // PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) -// for the bucket. +// for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. +// If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a +// full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include +// the elements you want to keep, they are erased. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring +// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// +// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: TooManyConfigurations Description:You are attempting to +// create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration +// limit. HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5683,7 +7613,55 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificat // PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. +// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information +// about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). +// +// Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The +// configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon +// S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an +// event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. +// +// By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the +// notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration. +// +// +// +// +// +// This operation replaces the existing notification configuration with the +// configuration you include in the request body. +// +// After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon +// Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon +// SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish +// to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, +// Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission +// to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see +// Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). +// +// You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration +// element. +// +// By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. +// However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other +// users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission. +// +// The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification +// configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. +// When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test +// messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT operation +// will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. +// +// Responses +// +// If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration +// specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response +// will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message +// ID of the test notification sent to topic. +// +// The following operations is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration: +// +// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5758,7 +7736,28 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.R // PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. +// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using +// an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, +// the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified +// bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access +// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an +// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a +// 405 Method Not Allowed error. +// +// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket +// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root +// user the ability to perform this action. +// +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and +// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy: +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5834,9 +7833,65 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req // PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more -// information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) +// information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. // +// To perform this operation, the user or role performing the operation must +// have the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html) +// permission. +// +// Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication +// configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket where you want +// Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to +// replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. +// +// A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain +// a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate +// by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets +// of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. All rules must specify +// the same destination bucket. +// +// To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication +// rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter +// objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. +// When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the +// following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority. +// +// For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html). +// +// By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the +// bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others +// permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects +// +// By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using +// server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted +// objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, +// Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about +// replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html). +// +// PutBucketReplication has the following special errors: +// +// * Error code: InvalidRequest Description: If the in +// has a value, the element must be specified. HTTP 400 +// +// * Error code: InvalidArgument Description: The element is empty. +// It must contain a valid account ID. HTTP 400 +// +// * Error code: InvalidArgument Description: The AWS account specified in +// the element must match the destination bucket owner. HTTP 400 +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication: +// +// * GetBucketReplication +// +// * DeleteBucketReplication +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -5913,8 +7968,14 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) // Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket // owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables // the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download -// will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets -// can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html +// will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays +// Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * GetBucketRequestPayment // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5991,6 +8052,47 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request // // Sets the tags for a bucket. // +// Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To +// do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. +// Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information +// according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can +// tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize +// your billing information to see the total cost of that application across +// several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html). +// +// Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag, +// the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see Using Cost +// Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CostAllocTagging.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// PutBucketTagging has the following special errors: +// +// * Error code: InvalidTagError Description: The tag provided was not a +// valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. +// For information about tag restrictions, see User-Defined Tag Restrictions +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2//allocation-tag-restrictions.html) +// and AWS-Generated Cost Allocation Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2//aws-tag-restrictions.html). +// +// * Error code: MalformedXMLError Description: The XML provided does not +// match the schema. +// +// * Error code: OperationAbortedError Description: A conflicting conditional +// operation is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again. +// +// * Error code: InternalError Description: The service was unable to apply +// the provided tag to the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging: +// +// * GetBucketTagging +// +// * DeleteBucketTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6067,6 +8169,38 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *r // Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, // you must be the bucket owner. // +// You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: +// +// Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added +// to the bucket receive a unique version ID. +// +// Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects +// added to the bucket receive the version ID null. +// +// If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning +// state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. +// +// If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, +// the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status +// and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state +// of the bucket. +// +// If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket +// and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable +// versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration +// lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions +// in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current +// and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle +// and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config). +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteBucket +// +// * GetBucketVersioning +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6140,7 +8274,67 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request // PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Set the website configuration for a bucket. +// Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. +// To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket +// with website configuration information such as the file name of the index +// document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites +// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). +// +// This PUT operation requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, +// only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, +// bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing +// a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. +// +// To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you +// add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests +// are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name +// for the bucket. +// +// * WebsiteConfiguration +// +// * RedirectAllRequestsTo +// +// * HostName +// +// * Protocol +// +// If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements +// to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and +// information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration +// must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might +// not be redirected. +// +// * WebsiteConfiguration +// +// * IndexDocument +// +// * Suffix +// +// * ErrorDocument +// +// * Key +// +// * RoutingRules +// +// * RoutingRule +// +// * Condition +// +// * HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals +// +// * KeyPrefixEquals +// +// * Redirect +// +// * Protocol +// +// * HostName +// +// * ReplaceKeyPrefixWith +// +// * ReplaceKeyWith +// +// * HttpRedirectCode // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6214,7 +8408,169 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, outp // PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Adds an object to a bucket. +// Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to +// add an object to it. +// +// Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, +// Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. +// +// Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests +// for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object +// written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make +// sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead. +// +// To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 +// header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the +// provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, +// you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare +// the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. +// +// To configure your application to send the request headers before sending +// the request body, use the 100-continue HTTP status code. For PUT operations, +// this helps you avoid sending the message body if the message is rejected +// based on the headers (for example, because authentication fails or a redirect +// occurs). For more information on the 100-continue HTTP status code, see Section +// 8.2.3 of http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt). +// +// You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, +// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers +// and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide +// your own encryption key or use AWS-managed encryption keys. For more information, +// see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html). +// +// Access Permissions +// +// You can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted +// specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions +// using the request headers: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters +// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more +// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side +// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon +// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts +// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to +// use AWS-managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * Use encryption keys managed Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) +// stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want AWS to manage +// the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and +// PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make +// them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information on Server-Side Encryption +// with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side +// Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 For more information +// on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting +// Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers +// +// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this +// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access +// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual +// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions +// are then added to the Access Control List (ACL) on the object. For more information, +// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following +// two methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined +// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees +// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access +// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. +// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an +// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. +// To grant permissions explicitly use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write +// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported +// in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) +// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific +// (Tokyo) EU (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the +// Amazon S3 supported regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) +// in the AWS General Reference id – if the value specified is the canonical +// user ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a +// predefined group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants +// the AWS accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object +// data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", +// emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side +// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon +// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts +// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to +// use AWS-managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) +// stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want AWS to manage +// the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the default AWS KMS CMK to protect the data. All GET and PUT requests +// for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL +// or by using SigV4. For more information on Server-Side Encryption with +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side +// Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// If you use this feature, the ETag value that Amazon S3 returns in the +// response is not the MD5 of the object. x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// For more information on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS +// KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs +// stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Storage Class Options +// +// By default, Amazon S3 uses the Standard storage class to store newly created +// objects. The Standard storage class provides high durability and high availability. +// You can specify other storage classes depending on the performance needs. +// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Versioning +// +// If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates +// a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID +// in the response using the x-amz-version-id response header. If versioning +// is suspended, Amazon S3 always uses null as the version ID for the object +// stored. For more information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, +// see GetBucketVersioning. If you enable versioning for a bucket, when Amazon +// S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it +// stores all of the objects. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CopyObject +// +// * DeleteObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6289,7 +8645,72 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request // PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions -// for an object that already exists in a bucket +// for an object that already exists in a bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission +// to set the ACL of an object. +// +// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on an +// object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you +// have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request +// body, then you can continue to use that approach. +// +// Access Permissions +// +// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports +// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a +// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name +// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other +// access control specific headers in your request. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using +// these headers you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS +// accounts or a Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you +// use these ACL specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set +// a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon +// S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) +// Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of +// the following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects +// permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses. +// x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Grantee Values +// +// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights +// (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee> +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET +// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request +// +// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// Versioning +// +// The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT +// sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different +// version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CopyObject +// +// * GetObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6370,6 +8791,10 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *req // // Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object. // +// Related Resources +// +// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6442,10 +8867,17 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfiguration // PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Places an object lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified -// in the object lock configuration will be applied by default to every new +// Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified +// in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new // object placed in the specified bucket. // +// DefaultRetention requires either Days or Years. You can't specify both at +// the same time. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6520,6 +8952,10 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *req // // Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. // +// Related Resources +// +// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6594,6 +9030,43 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request // // Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket // +// A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending +// a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the +// object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, +// see GetObjectTagging. +// +// For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see +// Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html). +// Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You +// also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: InvalidTagError Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This +// error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, +// see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). +// +// * Code: MalformedXMLError Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema. +// +// * Code: OperationAbortedError Cause: A conflicting conditional operation +// is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again. +// +// * Code: InternalError Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided +// tag to the object. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetObjectTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6668,7 +9141,29 @@ func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req // PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 -// bucket. +// bucket. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying +// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// +// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket +// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the +// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. +// If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket +// and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level +// and account-level settings. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object +// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * DeletePublicAccessBlock +// +// * GetBucketPolicyStatus +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6744,6 +9239,190 @@ func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Reque // // Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 // +// This operation performs the following types of requests: +// +// * select - Perform a select query on an archived object +// +// * restore an archive - Restore an archived object +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject +// and s3:GetObject actions. The bucket owner has this permission by default +// and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Querying Archives with Select Requests +// +// You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. +// The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be +// formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run +// queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore +// your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, +// see Querying Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// When making a select request, do the following: +// +// * Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be +// an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains +// the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates +// the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify +// the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the +// bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For more information +// about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: PutObject +// Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide Protecting Data Using +// Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide +// +// * Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your +// query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions +// like the following examples. The following expression returns all records +// from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object Assuming that you are +// not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns +// with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > +// 100 If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure +// in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If +// you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for +// the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. +// SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s +// +// For more information about using SQL with Glacier Select restore, see SQL +// Reference for Amazon S3 Select and Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// When making a select request, you can also do the following: +// +// * To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information +// about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic. +// +// * Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input +// object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded +// query results. +// +// The following are additional important facts about the select feature: +// +// * The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, +// they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle +// policy. +// +// * You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. +// Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests. +// +// * Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been +// restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409. +// +// Restoring Archives +// +// Objects in the GLACIER and DEEP_ARCHIVE storage classes are archived. To +// access an archived object, you must first initiate a restore request. This +// restores a temporary copy of the archived object. In a restore request, you +// specify the number of days that you want the restored copy to exist. After +// the specified period, Amazon S3 deletes the temporary copy but the object +// remains archived in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class that object +// was restored from. +// +// To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you +// don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. +// +// The time it takes restore jobs to finish depends on which storage class the +// object is being restored from and which data access tier you specify. +// +// When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify +// one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the +// request body: +// +// * Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data +// stored in the GLACIER storage class when occasional urgent requests for +// a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects +// (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals are typically made +// available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval +// capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited +// retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for the DEEP_ARCHIVE +// storage class. +// +// * Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived +// objects within several hours. This is the default option for the GLACIER +// and DEEP_ARCHIVE retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval +// option. Standard retrievals typically complete within 3-5 hours from the +// GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 12 hours from the +// DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. +// +// * Bulk - Bulk retrievals are Amazon Glacier’s lowest-cost retrieval +// option, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data +// inexpensively in a day. Bulk retrievals typically complete within 5-12 +// hours from the GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 48 +// hours from the DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. +// +// For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity +// for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to +// a faster speed while it is in progress. You upgrade the speed of an in-progress +// restoration by issuing another restore request to the same object, setting +// a new Tier request element. When issuing a request to upgrade the restore +// tier, you must choose a tier that is faster than the tier that the in-progress +// restore is using. You must not change any other parameters, such as the Days +// request element. For more information, see Upgrading the Speed of an In-Progress +// Restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations +// return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration +// status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify +// you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring +// Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period +// by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration +// period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there +// are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when +// Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. +// +// If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an +// expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you +// specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy +// for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes +// the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, +// see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) +// in Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Responses +// +// A successful operation returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code. +// +// * If the object copy is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns +// 202 Accepted in the response. +// +// * If the object copy is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK +// in the response. +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Cause: Object restore is already in progress. +// (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.) HTTP Status Code: +// 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client +// +// * Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable Cause: Glacier expedited +// retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if +// there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This +// error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to Standard or Bulk +// retrievals.) HTTP Status Code: 503 SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A +// +// Related Resources +// +// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +// +// * SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6825,11 +9504,89 @@ func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *r // SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple -// Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the -// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON or -// CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records, -// and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must -// also specify the data serialization format for the response. +// structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the +// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, +// CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse +// object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified +// SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the +// response. +// +// For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see SQL Reference +// for Amazon S3 Select and Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Permissions +// +// You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select +// does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Object Data Formats +// +// You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format +// properties: +// +// * CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format. +// +// * UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports. +// +// * GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. +// GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select +// supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression +// for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object +// compression for Parquet objects. +// +// * Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects +// that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted +// with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and +// you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more +// information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided +// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For objects that +// are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer +// master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side +// encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. +// For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and +// SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Working with the Response Body +// +// Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response +// as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked +// as its value in the response. For more information, see RESTSelectObjectAppendix . +// +// GetObject Support +// +// The SelectObjectContent operation does not support the following GetObject +// functionality. For more information, see GetObject. +// +// * Range: While you can specify a scan range for a Amazon S3 Select request, +// see SelectObjectContentRequest$ScanRange in the request parameters below, +// you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return. +// +// * GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot +// specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes. +// For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html#storage-class-intro) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Special Errors +// +// For a list of special errors for this operation and for general information +// about Amazon S3 errors and a list of error codes, see ErrorResponses +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetObject +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6905,12 +9662,87 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, ou // // Uploads a part in a multipart upload. // +// In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have +// an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for +// the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you +// use the UploadPartCopy operation. +// +// You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you +// can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns +// an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part +// request. +// +// Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number +// uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object +// being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was +// used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each +// part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size +// limit on the last part of your multipart upload. +// +// To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify +// the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part +// data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns +// an error. +// // Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you // must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging // you for the parts storage. // +// For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in the +// Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide . +// +// For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// go to Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts +// your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for +// you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption +// key, or you can use the AWS-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide +// your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must +// match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using +// CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless +// you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify +// the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need +// to specify the server side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate +// Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. +// +// If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption +// key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical +// encryption information in each part upload using the following headers. +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been +// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code +// Prefix: Client +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6983,7 +9815,93 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Req // UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. +// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You +// specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in +// your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range +// in your request. +// +// The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more +// information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/qfacts.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart +// operation and provide data in your request. +// +// You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response +// to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload +// ID, that you must include in your upload part request. +// +// For more information on using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following +// topics: +// +// * For conceptual information on multipart uploads, go to Uploading Objects +// Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// * For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload +// API, go to Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// * For information about copying objects using a single atomic operation +// vs. the multipart upload, go to Operations on Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// * For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and +// UploadPart. +// +// Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, +// x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since +// +// * Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since +// headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match +// condition evaluates to true, and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since +// condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. +// +// * Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and +// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request +// as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, +// and; x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; +// then, S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. +// +// Versioning +// +// If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of +// the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version +// of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you +// don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 +// error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the +// x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns +// an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker +// as a version for the x-amz-copy-source. +// +// You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy +// by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example: +// +// x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been +// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// +// * Code: InvalidRequest Cause: The specified copy source is not supported +// as a byte-range copy source. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -7045,7 +9963,7 @@ func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortI type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"AbortMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"` - // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // The bucket to which the upload was taking place. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -7335,9 +10253,6 @@ func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator { // Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of // an Amazon S3 bucket. -// -// For more information, see GET Bucket analytics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETAnalyticsConfig.html) -// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7456,6 +10371,9 @@ func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3Bucket return s } +// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must +// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). +// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. type AnalyticsFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7518,6 +10436,7 @@ func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter { return s } +// Contains information about where to publish the analytics results. type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7596,6 +10515,8 @@ func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDes return s } +// In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name +// is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts. type Bucket struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7679,6 +10600,7 @@ func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifec return s } +// Container for logging status information. type BucketLoggingStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7727,7 +10649,8 @@ func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggin type CORSConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A set of allowed origins and methods. + // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). + // You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. // // CORSRules is a required field CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` @@ -7859,7 +10782,8 @@ func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule { return s } -// Describes how a CSV-formatted input object is formatted. +// Describes how a uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted input +// object is formatted. type CSVInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7868,24 +10792,45 @@ type CSVInput struct { // to TRUE may lower performance. AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The single character used to indicate a row should be ignored when present - // at the start of a row. + // A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the + // character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character + // to indicate a comment line. Comments *string `type:"string"` - // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. + // A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can + // specify an arbitrary delimiter. FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` - // Describes the first line of input. Valid values: None, Ignore, Use. + // Describes the first line of input. Valid values are: + // + // * NONE: First line is not a header. + // + // * IGNORE: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values + // to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such + // as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s). + // + // * Use: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify + // a column in an expression (SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT). FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"` - // Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. + // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of + // the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field + // value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ". + // + // Type: String + // + // Default: " + // + // Ancestors: CSV QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already - // escaped value. + // A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside + // an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed + // as " a , b ". QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // The value used to separate individual records. + // A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead + // of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter. RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } @@ -7941,24 +10886,33 @@ func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { return s } -// Describes how CSV-formatted results are formatted. +// Describes how uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted results +// are formatted. type CSVOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. + // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify + // an arbitrary delimiter. FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` - // The value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. + // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of + // the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field + // value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ". QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // Th single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already + // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already // escaped value. QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // Indicates whether or not all output fields should be quoted. + // Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields. + // + // * ALWAYS: Always use quotation marks for output fields. + // + // * ASNEEDED: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed. QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"` - // The value used to separate individual records. + // A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead + // of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter. RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } @@ -8002,9 +10956,12 @@ func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { return s } +// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration. type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events + // of the specified type. CloudFunction *string `type:"string"` // The bucket event for which to send notifications. @@ -8012,12 +10969,14 @@ type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + // Bucket events for which to send notifications. Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` + // The role supporting the invocation of the lambda function InvocationRole *string `type:"string"` } @@ -8061,9 +11020,15 @@ func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionC return s } +// Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence +// of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act +// like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if +// the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, +// the common prefix is notes/summer/. type CommonPrefix struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for the specified common prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } @@ -8086,12 +11051,17 @@ func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix { type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The container for the multipart upload request information. MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -8100,6 +11070,8 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + // ID for the initiated multipart upload. + // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8179,32 +11151,43 @@ func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartU type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Bucket *string `type:"string"` - // Entity tag of the object. + // Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with + // different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is + // an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object + // data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will + // contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less + // than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits. ETag *string `type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + // The object key of the newly created object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The URI that identifies the newly created object. Location *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 - // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed + // encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart + // upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption + // algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` - // Version of the object. + // Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning + // turned on. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } @@ -8279,9 +11262,11 @@ func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipar return s } +// The container for the completed multipart upload details. type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Array of CompletedPart data types. Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -8301,6 +11286,7 @@ func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultip return s } +// Details of the parts that were uploaded. type CompletedPart struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8334,7 +11320,10 @@ func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart { return s } -// Specifies a condition that must be met for a redirect to apply. +// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified +// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, +// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, +// redirect request to another host where you might process the error. type Condition struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8409,6 +11398,8 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + // The name of the destination bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8476,6 +11467,8 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // The key of the destination object. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8489,10 +11482,10 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when you want the copied object's object lock to expire. + // The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -8830,8 +11823,10 @@ func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput type CopyObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"` + // Container for all response elements. CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"` + // Version of the copied object in the destination bucket. CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. @@ -8856,8 +11851,8 @@ type CopyObjectOutput struct { // the encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -8938,11 +11933,16 @@ func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { return s } +// >Container for all response elements. type CopyObjectResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the + // contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag + // is identical for a successfully copied object. ETag *string `type:"string"` + // Returns the date that the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } @@ -8968,6 +11968,7 @@ func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult { return s } +// Container for all response elements. type CopyPartResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9000,6 +12001,7 @@ func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult { return s } +// The configuration information for the bucket. type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9030,9 +12032,12 @@ type CreateBucketInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + // The name of the bucket to create. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The configuration information for the bucket. CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the @@ -9051,8 +12056,7 @@ type CreateBucketInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` - // Specifies whether you want Amazon S3 object lock to be enabled for the new - // bucket. + // Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket. ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"` } @@ -9146,6 +12150,9 @@ func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketI type CreateBucketOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating + // a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) region (us-east-1), you do not need + // to specify the location. Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"` } @@ -9171,6 +12178,8 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + // The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -9206,6 +12215,8 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -9215,10 +12226,10 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // Specifies the object lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. + // Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // Specifies the date and time when you want the object lock to expire. + // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -9480,11 +12491,20 @@ func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *Creat type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + // If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete + // multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object + // name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates + // when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. + // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket + // Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). + // + // The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the + // ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` - // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort - // operation. + // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies + // the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort + // incomplete multipart uploads. AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. @@ -9512,8 +12532,8 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { // the encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -9607,7 +12627,7 @@ func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUplo return s } -// The container element for specifying the default object lock retention settings +// The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings // for new objects placed in the specified bucket. type DefaultRetention struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9615,7 +12635,7 @@ type DefaultRetention struct { // The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period. Days *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The default object lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed + // The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed // in the specified bucket. Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` @@ -9651,9 +12671,12 @@ func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention { return s } +// Container for the objects to delete. type Delete struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The objects to delete. + // // Objects is a required field Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` @@ -9786,6 +12809,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"` + // Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9909,6 +12934,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketRequest" type:"structure"` + // Specifies the bucket being deleted. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10031,6 +13058,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10181,6 +13210,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10243,9 +13274,6 @@ type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { // The bucket name. // - // It can take a while to propagate the deletion of a replication configuration - // to all Amazon S3 systems. - // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10306,6 +13334,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket that has the tag set to be removed. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10366,6 +13396,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10423,6 +13455,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Information about the delete marker. type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10436,6 +13469,7 @@ type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { // Date and time the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // The account that created the delete marker.> Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Version ID of an object. @@ -10482,11 +13516,21 @@ func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { return s } -// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. +// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify +// a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of +// replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate +// delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain +// only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule +// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). +// +// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes the replication +// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon +// S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information, +// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). type DeleteMarkerReplication struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The status of the delete marker replication. + // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. // // In the current implementation, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate the delete markers. // The status must be Disabled. @@ -10512,18 +13556,24 @@ func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication { type DeleteObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Indicates whether Amazon S3 object lock should bypass governance-mode restrictions + // Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions // to process this operation. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` + // Key name of the object to delete. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, - // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to + // permanently delete a versionedobject if versioning is configured with MFA + // Deleteenabled. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -10658,9 +13708,13 @@ func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket containing the objects from which to remove the tags. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Name of the tag. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -10751,19 +13805,25 @@ func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingO type DeleteObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` + // The bucket name containing the objects to delete. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type - // object lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this + // Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this // operation. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` + // Container for the request. + // // Delete is a required field Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, - // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to + // permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA + // Delete enabled. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -10847,8 +13907,12 @@ func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that + // was successfully deleted. Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Container for a failed delete operation that describes the object that Amazon + // S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered. Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -10946,15 +14010,24 @@ func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Information about the deleted object. type DeletedObject struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) + // or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates + // whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created. DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` + // The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. + // If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header + // is the version ID of the object version deleted. DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"` + // The name of the deleted object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The version ID of the deleted object. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -11008,17 +14081,12 @@ type Destination struct { // direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns // the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property, // this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, - // see Cross-Region Replication Additional Configuration: Change Replica Owner - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr-change-owner.html) in - // the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + // see Replication Additional Configuration: Change Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html) + // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. Account *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to - // store replicas of the object identified by the rule. - // - // A replication configuration can replicate objects to only one destination - // bucket. If there are multiple rules in your replication configuration, all - // rules must specify the same destination bucket. + // store the results. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -11102,8 +14170,7 @@ func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination { return s } -// Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore -// results. +// Contains the type of server-side encryption used. type Encryption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11189,6 +14256,9 @@ func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfig return s } +// A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will +// be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client +// receives an EndEvent. type EndEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"` } @@ -11215,15 +14285,375 @@ func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent( return nil } +// Container for all error elements. type Error struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It + // is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors + // by type. + // + // Amazon S3 error codes + // + // * Code: AccessDenied Description: Access Denied HTTP Status Code: 403 + // Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AccountProblem Description: There is a problem with your AWS account + // that prevents the operation from completing successfully. Contact AWS + // Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AllAccessDisabled Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource + // has been disabled. Contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status + // Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address you + // provided is associated with more than one account. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed Description: The authorization header + // you provided is invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request HTTP Status + // Code: N/A + // + // * Code: BadDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match + // what we received. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: BucketAlreadyExists Description: The requested bucket name is + // not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. + // Please select a different name and try again. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou Description: The bucket you tried to create + // already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS + // Regions except in the North Virginia region. For legacy compatibility, + // if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North + // Virginia region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access + // control lists (ACLs). Code: 409 Conflict (in all regions except the North + // Virginia region) SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: BucketNotEmpty Description: The bucket you tried to delete is + // not empty. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: CredentialsNotSupported Description: This request does not support + // credentials. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited Description: Cross-location logging + // not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information + // to a bucket in another location. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than + // the minimum allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: EntityTooLarge Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum + // allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: ExpiredToken Description: The provided token has expired. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException Description: Indicates + // that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: IncompleteBody Description: You did not provide the number of + // bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest Description: POST requires + // exactly one file upload per request. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InlineDataTooLarge Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum + // allowed size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InternalError Description: We encountered an internal error. Please + // try again. HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: InvalidAccessKeyId Description: The AWS access key ID you provided + // does not exist in our records. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidAddressingHeader Description: You must specify the Anonymous + // role. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidArgument Description: Invalid Argument HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidBucketName Description: The specified bucket is not valid. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidBucketState Description: The request is not valid with + // the current state of the bucket. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not + // valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError Description: The encryption request + // you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256. HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidLocationConstraint Description: The specified location + // constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to + // Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro). + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidObjectState Description: The operation is not valid for + // the current state of the object. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could + // not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified + // entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending + // order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPayer Description: All access to this object has been disabled. + // Please contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 + // Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPolicyDocument Description: The content of the form does + // not meet the conditions specified in the policy document. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidRange Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied. + // HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: SOAP requests must be made over an + // HTTPS connection. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is + // not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names. HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is + // not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint + // only supports virtual style requests. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not + // configured on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled + // on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is + // not supported on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot + // be enabled on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidSecurity Description: The provided security credentials + // are not valid. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InvalidSOAPRequest Description: The SOAP request body is invalid. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidStorageClass Description: The storage class you specified + // is not valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging Description: The target bucket for + // logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate + // grants for the log-delivery group. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidToken Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise + // invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidURI Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: KeyTooLongError Description: Your key is too long. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MalformedACLError Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed + // or did not validate against our published schema. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MalformedPOSTRequest Description: The body of your POST request + // is not well-formed multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MalformedXML Description: This happens when the user sends malformed + // XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. + // The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did + // not validate against our published schema." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad + // Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded Description: Your request was too big. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError Description: Your POST request + // fields preceding the upload file were too large. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MetadataTooLarge Description: Your metadata headers exceed the + // maximum allowed metadata size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MethodNotAllowed Description: The specified method is not allowed + // against this resource. HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MissingAttachment Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, + // but none were found. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MissingContentLength Description: You must provide the Content-Length + // HTTP header. HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: MissingRequestBodyError Description: This happens when the user + // sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request + // body is empty." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: MissingSecurityElement Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing + // a security element. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MissingSecurityHeader Description: Your request is missing a required + // header. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey Description: There is no such thing as a + // logging status subresource for a key. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchBucket Description: The specified bucket does not exist. + // HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy Description: The specified bucket does not + // have a bucket policy. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchKey Description: The specified key does not exist. HTTP + // Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration + // does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does + // not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might + // have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchVersion Description: Indicates that the version ID specified + // in the request does not match an existing version. HTTP Status Code: 404 + // Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NotImplemented Description: A header you provided implies functionality + // that is not implemented. HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: NotSignedUp Description: Your account is not signed up for the + // Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You + // can sign up at the following URL: https://aws.amazon.com/s3 HTTP Status + // Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: OperationAborted Description: A conflicting conditional operation + // is currently in progress against this resource. Try again. HTTP Status + // Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: PermanentRedirect Description: The bucket you are attempting to + // access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future + // requests to this endpoint. HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: PreconditionFailed Description: At least one of the preconditions + // you specified did not hold. HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: Redirect Description: Temporary redirect. HTTP Status Code: 307 + // Moved Temporarily SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Description: Object restore is already + // in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent Description: Bucket POST must be + // of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestTimeout Description: Your socket connection to the server + // was not read from or written to within the timeout period. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed Description: The difference between the request + // time and the server's time is too large. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError Description: Requesting the torrent + // file of a bucket is not permitted. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch Description: The request signature we calculated + // does not match the signature you provided. Check your AWS secret access + // key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) + // and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html) + // for details. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: ServiceUnavailable Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP + // Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: SlowDown Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP Status Code: + // 503 Slow Down SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: TemporaryRedirect Description: You are being redirected to the + // bucket while DNS updates. HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: TokenRefreshRequired Description: The provided token must be refreshed. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: TooManyBuckets Description: You have attempted to create more + // buckets than allowed. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: UnexpectedContent Description: This request does not support content. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address + // you provided does not match any account on record. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified Description: The bucket POST must contain + // the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client Code *string `type:"string"` + // The error key. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in + // English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the + // message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they + // don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more + // exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely + // to ignore the error message. Message *string `type:"string"` + // The version ID of the error. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -11261,6 +14691,7 @@ func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error { return s } +// The error information. type ErrorDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11302,6 +14733,46 @@ func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument { return s } +// A container that specifies information about existing object replication. +// You can choose whether to enable or disable the replication of existing objects. +type ExistingObjectReplication struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether existing object replication is enabled. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExistingObjectReplicationStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ExistingObjectReplication) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ExistingObjectReplication) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExistingObjectReplication"} + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus(v string) *ExistingObjectReplication { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + // Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter // on the suffix or prefix of the key name. type FilterRule struct { @@ -11414,6 +14885,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketA type GetBucketAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAclRequest" type:"structure"` + // Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11463,6 +14936,7 @@ type GetBucketAclOutput struct { // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } @@ -11576,6 +15050,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *Ana type GetBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11622,6 +15098,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketCorsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). + // You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -11801,6 +15279,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *Inv type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to the the lifecycle information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11847,6 +15327,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for a lifecycle rule. Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -11869,6 +15350,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *Ge type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to the the lifecycle information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11915,6 +15398,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for a lifecycle rule. Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -11937,6 +15421,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput type GetBucketLocationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLocationRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the location. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11983,6 +15469,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon + // S3 supported location constraints by region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region). LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` } @@ -12005,6 +15493,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLoca type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the logging information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12162,7 +15652,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *Metrics type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` - // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for. + // Name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12210,6 +15700,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12350,6 +15842,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucke type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the replication information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12420,6 +15914,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationC type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12489,6 +15985,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaym type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12535,6 +16033,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Contains the tag set. + // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -12558,6 +16058,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput { type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12638,6 +16140,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutp type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the website configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12684,14 +16188,17 @@ func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The name of the error document for the website. ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` + // The name of the index document for the website. IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` // Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of // an Amazon S3 bucket. RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` + // Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior. RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` } @@ -12732,9 +16239,13 @@ func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWeb type GetObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectAclRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name of the object for which to get the ACL information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The key of the object for which to get the ACL information. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12817,6 +16328,7 @@ type GetObjectAclOutput struct { // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -12855,6 +16367,8 @@ func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput { type GetObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12874,6 +16388,8 @@ type GetObjectInput struct { // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + // Key of the object to get. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13201,7 +16717,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObje type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` - // The bucket whose object lock configuration you want to retrieve. + // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13249,7 +16765,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` - // The specified bucket's object lock configuration. + // The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration. ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"` } @@ -13272,6 +16788,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectL type GetObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + // Indicates that a range of bytes was specifed. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` // Object data. @@ -13333,15 +16850,17 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode currently in place for this object. + // The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when this object's object lock will expire. + // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + // Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either + // a source or destination in a replication rule. ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -13362,14 +16881,16 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this + // header for all objects except for Standard storage class objects. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The number of tags, if any, on the object. @@ -13692,12 +17213,17 @@ func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObje type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which to get the tagging information. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } @@ -13761,9 +17287,12 @@ func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Contains the tag set. + // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` + // The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } @@ -13792,9 +17321,14 @@ func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTorrentRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent + // files. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The object key for which to get the information. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13865,6 +17399,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + // A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -13967,6 +17502,7 @@ func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *Public return s } +// Container for Glacier job parameters. type GlacierJobParameters struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14005,9 +17541,11 @@ func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters { return s } +// Container for grant information. type Grant struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The person being granted permissions. Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Specifies the permission given to the grantee. @@ -14051,6 +17589,7 @@ func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant { return s } +// Container for the person being granted permissions. type Grantee struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` @@ -14128,6 +17667,8 @@ func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee { type HeadBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"HeadBucketRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14188,6 +17729,8 @@ func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { type HeadObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"HeadObjectRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -14207,6 +17750,8 @@ type HeadObjectInput struct { // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + // The object key. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -14372,6 +17917,7 @@ func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput { type HeadObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Indicates that a range of bytes was specifed. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. @@ -14423,26 +17969,69 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` - // The Legal Hold status for the specified object. + // Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header + // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. + // This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never + // had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see + // Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode currently in place for this object. + // The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header + // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. + // For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when this object's object lock expires. + // The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header + // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + // Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is + // either a source or destination in a replication rule. + // + // In replication you have a source bucket on which you configure replication + // and destination bucket where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request + // an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from these buckets, + // Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response + // as follows: + // + // * If requesting object from the source bucket — Amazon S3 will return + // the x-amz-replication-status header if object in your request is eligible + // for replication. For example, suppose in your replication configuration + // you specify object prefix "TaxDocs" requesting Amazon S3 to replicate + // objects with key prefix "TaxDocs". Then any objects you upload with this + // key name prefix, for example "TaxDocs/document1.pdf", is eligible for + // replication. For any object request with this key name prefix Amazon S3 + // will return the x-amz-replication-status header with value PENDING, COMPLETED + // or FAILED indicating object replication status. + // + // * If requesting object from the destination bucket — Amazon S3 will + // return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if object + // in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created. + // + // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` - // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time - // of the restored object copy. + // If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), + // the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in + // progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored. + // + // If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon + // S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example: + // + // x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00 + // GMT" + // + // If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true". + // + // For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: + // General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations). Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, @@ -14455,14 +18044,20 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 - // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS + // customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response + // includes this header with the value of the Server-side encryption algorithm + // used when storing this object in S3 (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this + // header for all objects except for Standard storage class objects. + // + // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Version of the object. @@ -14652,6 +18247,7 @@ func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutpu return s } +// Container for the Suffix element. type IndexDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14693,6 +18289,7 @@ func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument { return s } +// Container element that identifies who initiated the ultipart upload. type Initiator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14913,6 +18510,7 @@ func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryCon return s } +// Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. type InventoryDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15006,6 +18604,8 @@ func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption { return s } +// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet +// the filter's criteria. type InventoryFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15044,6 +18644,8 @@ func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter { return s } +// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix +// (optional) where inventory results are published. type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15137,6 +18739,7 @@ func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDes return s } +// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. type InventorySchedule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15175,6 +18778,7 @@ func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule { return s } +// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. type JSONInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15198,6 +18802,7 @@ func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput { return s } +// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. type JSONOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15323,9 +18928,12 @@ func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunc return s } +// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. type LifecycleConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. + // // Rules is a required field Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -15369,6 +18977,7 @@ func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration { return s } +// Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. type LifecycleExpiration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15415,6 +19024,7 @@ func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExp return s } +// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. type LifecycleRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15425,6 +19035,8 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, + // days and, whether the object has a delete marker. Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. @@ -15441,6 +19053,11 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when + // noncurrent objects transition to the a specific storage class. If your bucket + // is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action + // to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the a + // specifc storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is @@ -15455,6 +19072,7 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` + // Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class. Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -15546,6 +19164,7 @@ func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule { type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule @@ -15724,7 +19343,8 @@ type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct { // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` - // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began. + // The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration + // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. @@ -15842,8 +19462,9 @@ type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct { // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` - // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated - // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated. + // Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete. + // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken + // is provided for a subsequent request. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the @@ -16019,8 +19640,10 @@ func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string { type ListBucketsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The list of buckets owned by the requestor. Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` + // The owner of the buckets listed. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } @@ -16049,10 +19672,19 @@ func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput { type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListMultipartUploadsRequest" type:"structure"` + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Character you use to group keys. + // + // All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and + // the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under + // a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix + // parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys + // that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies @@ -16065,6 +19697,13 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload // after which listing should begin. + // + // If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater + // than the specified key-marker will be included in the list. + // + // If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to + // the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have + // upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker. KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return @@ -16073,12 +19712,16 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"` // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified - // prefix. + // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping + // of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd + // use a folder in a file system.) Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter - // is ignored. + // is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker + // might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically + // greater than the specified upload-id-marker. UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"` } @@ -16163,11 +19806,22 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Bucket *string `type:"string"` + // If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct + // key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct + // key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify + // a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // + // If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element + // in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response + // elements: + // + // Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A @@ -16198,6 +19852,8 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { // Upload ID after which listing began. UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response + // can contain zero or more Upload elements. Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -16293,10 +19949,16 @@ func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMulti type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectVersionsRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket that contains the objects. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + // A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that + // contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the + // delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These + // groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys + // are not returned elsewhere in the response. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies @@ -16311,10 +19973,17 @@ type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might - // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy + // the search criteria, but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, + // the response contains true. To return the additional + // keys, see key-marker and version-id-marker. MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` - // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + // Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified + // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings + // of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd + // use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll + // up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. @@ -16399,13 +20068,28 @@ func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersio type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when + // calculating the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Container for an object that is a delete marker. DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // The delimeter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that + // you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between + // the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a + // single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one + // result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` - // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // + // If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element + // in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response + // elements: + // + // KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results @@ -16418,20 +20102,30 @@ type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response. KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Specifies the maximum number of objects to return. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Bucket owner's name. Name *string `type:"string"` - // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + // When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker + // specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria. + // Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` - // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request. + // When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker + // specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search + // criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a + // subsequent request. NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter. Prefix *string `type:"string"` + // Marks the last version of the Key returned in a truncated response. VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Container for version information. Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -16526,6 +20220,8 @@ func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVe type ListObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket containing the objects. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -16634,10 +20330,31 @@ func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput { type ListObjectsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // All of the keys rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when + // calculating the number of returns. + // + // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the + // next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified + // by Prefix. + // + // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as + // in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys + // that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating + // the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first + // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element + // in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against + // the MaxKeys value. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. @@ -16647,10 +20364,14 @@ type ListObjectsOutput struct { // that satisfied the search criteria. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response + // if it was sent with the request. Marker *string `type:"string"` + // The maximum number of keys returned in the response body. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Name of the bucket. Name *string `type:"string"` // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response @@ -16662,6 +20383,7 @@ type ListObjectsOutput struct { // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys. NextMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } @@ -16745,7 +20467,7 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real - // key + // key. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. @@ -16772,7 +20494,7 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts - // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket. StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"` } @@ -16866,26 +20588,48 @@ func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { type ListObjectsV2Output struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when + // calculating the number of returns. + // + // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. + // // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the - // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter + // next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified + // by Prefix. + // + // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as + // in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys + // that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating + // the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` - // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on - // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real - // key + // If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` - // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first + // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element + // in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against + // the MaxKeys value. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` - // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // + // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this + // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following + // response elements: + // + // Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` - // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results - // that satisfied the search criteria. + // Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys + // are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified + // by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will @@ -16897,7 +20641,7 @@ type ListObjectsV2Output struct { // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` - // Name of the bucket to list. + // Name of the bucket. Name *string `type:"string"` // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there @@ -16906,11 +20650,10 @@ type ListObjectsV2Output struct { // is obfuscated and is not a real key NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` - // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` - // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts - // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + // If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response. StartAfter *string `type:"string"` } @@ -16999,9 +20742,13 @@ func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { type ListPartsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListPartsRequest" type:"structure"` + // Name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.-> + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -17105,20 +20852,34 @@ func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput { type ListPartsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + // If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete + // multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object + // name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when + // the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. + // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket + // Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). + // + // The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide + // the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` - // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort - // operation. + // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies + // applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort + // incomplete multipart uploads. AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Bucket *string `type:"string"` - // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. + // Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If + // the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information + // as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, then this element + // provides the user ARN and display name. Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` - // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. + // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates + // that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts + // exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. @@ -17132,18 +20893,26 @@ type ListPartsOutput struct { // in a subsequent request. NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. + // If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the + // parent account ID and display name. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` - // Part number after which listing begins. + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, + // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter + // in a subsequent request. PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain + // zero or more Part elements. Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` - // The class of storage used to store the object. + // Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded + // object. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. @@ -17266,8 +21035,7 @@ type Location struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the restore results. CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` - // Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore - // results. + // Contains the type of server-side encryption used. Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"` // The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request. @@ -17396,6 +21164,7 @@ type LoggingEnabled struct { // TargetBucket is a required field TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for granting information. TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon @@ -17464,8 +21233,10 @@ func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled { type MetadataEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Name of the Object. Name *string `type:"string"` + // Value of the Object. Value *string `type:"string"` } @@ -17491,6 +21262,9 @@ func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry { return s } +// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a +// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object +// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. type MetricsAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17604,6 +21378,9 @@ func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration { return s } +// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only +// includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, +// a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). type MetricsFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17667,6 +21444,7 @@ func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter { return s } +// Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object. type MultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17679,6 +21457,7 @@ type MultipartUpload struct { // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // The class of storage used to store the object. @@ -17898,10 +21677,17 @@ func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfigurati type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration. CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"` + // This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration + // for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue + // when Amazon S3 detects specified events. QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` + // This data type is deperecated. A container for specifying the configuration + // for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon + // SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events. TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` } @@ -17959,17 +21745,25 @@ func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConf return s } +// An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata. type Object struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The entity tag is an MD5 hash of the object. ETag reflects only changes to + // the contents of an object, not its metadata. ETag *string `type:"string"` + // The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve + // the object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The date the Object was Last Modified LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // The owner of the object Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + // Size in bytes of the object Size *int64 `type:"integer"` // The class of storage used to store the object. @@ -18022,6 +21816,7 @@ func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object { return s } +// Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects. type ObjectIdentifier struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18072,14 +21867,14 @@ func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { return s } -// The container element for object lock configuration parameters. +// The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters. type ObjectLockConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Indicates whether this bucket has an object lock configuration enabled. + // Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled. ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"` - // The object lock rule in place for the specified object. + // The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object. Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"` } @@ -18136,7 +21931,7 @@ type ObjectLockRetention struct { // Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object. Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` - // The date on which this object lock retention expires. + // The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire. RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } @@ -18162,7 +21957,7 @@ func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetenti return s } -// The container element for an object lock rule. +// The container element for an Object Lock rule. type ObjectLockRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18187,9 +21982,11 @@ func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRul return s } +// The version of an object. type ObjectVersion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object ETag *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version @@ -18202,6 +21999,7 @@ type ObjectVersion struct { // Date and time the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // Specifies the Owner of the object. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Size in bytes of the object. @@ -18344,11 +22142,14 @@ func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization { return s } +// Container for the owner's display name and ID type Owner struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for the display name of the owner DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + // Container for the ID of the owner ID *string `type:"string"` } @@ -18374,6 +22175,7 @@ func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner { return s } +// Container for Parquet. type ParquetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } @@ -18388,6 +22190,7 @@ func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Container for elements related to a part. type Part struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18464,6 +22267,7 @@ func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus { return s } +// This data type contains information about progress of an operation. type Progress struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18505,6 +22309,7 @@ func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress { return s } +// This data type contains information about the progress event of an operation. type ProgressEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` @@ -18545,7 +22350,11 @@ func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent( return nil } -// Specifies the Block Public Access configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. +// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon +// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For +// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, +// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18558,6 +22367,8 @@ type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { // // * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. // + // * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. + // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs. BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"` @@ -18624,7 +22435,7 @@ func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *Publi type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` - // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket. + // Container for setting the transfer acceleration state. // // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` @@ -18706,6 +22517,8 @@ type PutBucketAclInput struct { // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // The bucket to which to apply the ACL. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -18924,12 +22737,14 @@ func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` + // Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon // S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//cors.html) in the Amazon // Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. // // CORSConfiguration is a required field @@ -19007,9 +22822,9 @@ type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` // Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with - // Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or AWS KMS-managed keys (SSE-KMS). For information - // about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket - // Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) + // Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS + // (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, + // see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. // // Bucket is a required field @@ -19186,12 +23001,12 @@ func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. - // For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) - // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19265,6 +23080,7 @@ type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19335,9 +23151,13 @@ func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` + // The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for logging status information. + // // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19507,6 +23327,8 @@ func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19587,9 +23409,13 @@ func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The container for the configuration. + // // NotificationConfiguration is a required field NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19659,6 +23485,8 @@ func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + // The name of the bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19743,6 +23571,8 @@ func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19752,7 +23582,6 @@ type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` - // A token that allows Amazon S3 object lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` } @@ -19832,9 +23661,13 @@ func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for Payer. + // // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19909,9 +23742,13 @@ func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for the TagSet and Tag elements. + // // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19986,6 +23823,8 @@ func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19993,9 +23832,7 @@ type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` - // Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, - // see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html) - // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. + // Container for setting the versioning state. // // VersioningConfiguration is a required field VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` @@ -20072,10 +23909,12 @@ func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. + // Container for the request. // // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` @@ -20151,12 +23990,15 @@ func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { type PutObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // The name of the bucket to which the ACL is being added. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -20176,6 +24018,8 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Key for which the PUT operation was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -20326,7 +24170,8 @@ func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput { type PutObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"` - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Object data. @@ -20337,33 +24182,43 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + // Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For + // more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` - // Specifies presentational information for the object. + // Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1). ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced - // by the Content-Type header field. + // by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11). ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the - // body cannot be determined automatically. + // body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13). ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` - // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is - // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameted is required - // if object lock parameters are specified. + // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) + // according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check + // to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although + // it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end + // integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, + // see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` - // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17). ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` - // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21). Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. @@ -20386,13 +24241,14 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` - // The Legal Hold status that you want to apply to the specified object. + // Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information + // about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode that you want to apply to this object. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when you want this object's object lock to expire. + // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -20421,17 +24277,22 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT - // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL - // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported - // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + // If the x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, + // this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) + // customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object. + // + // If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms, this header specifies + // the ID of the AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify + // x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, + // Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` - // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + // If you don't specify, Standard is the default storage class. Amazon S3 supports + // other storage classes. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. @@ -20440,7 +24301,22 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores - // the value of this header in the object metadata. + // the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object + // metadata, see . + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object + // (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to + // another website: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ + // + // For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites + // on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) + // and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html). WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } @@ -20793,12 +24669,12 @@ func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHo type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` - // The bucket whose object lock configuration you want to create or replace. + // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The object lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. + // The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -20807,7 +24683,7 @@ type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` - // A token to allow Amazon S3 object lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. + // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` } @@ -20898,8 +24774,10 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // Entity tag for the uploaded object. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` - // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration - // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. + // If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration), + // the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id + // key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value + // of the rule-id is URL encoded. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -20921,12 +24799,15 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // the encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If the x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, + // this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 - // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master + // key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response + // includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 + // used to encrypt the object. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Version of the object. @@ -21006,7 +24887,7 @@ type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.j + // Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` // The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention @@ -21131,15 +25012,22 @@ func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetenti type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + // The bucket containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Name of the tag. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for the TagSet and Tag elements + // // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } @@ -21217,6 +25105,7 @@ func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } @@ -21322,6 +25211,8 @@ func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { type QueueConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A collection of bucket events for which to send notiications + // // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` @@ -21391,6 +25282,10 @@ func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration { return s } +// This data type is deprecated. Please use QueueConfiguration for the same +// purposes. This dat type specifies the configuration for publishing messages +// to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects +// specified events. type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -21399,12 +25294,15 @@ type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + // A collection of bucket events for which to send notiications Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 + // publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. Queue *string `type:"string"` } @@ -21442,6 +25340,7 @@ func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDep return s } +// The container for the records event. type RecordsEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` @@ -21608,7 +25507,7 @@ type ReplicationConfiguration struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management // (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, - // see How to Set Up Cross-Region Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr-how-setup.html) + // see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html) // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. // // Role is a required field @@ -21673,7 +25572,17 @@ func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationCo type ReplicationRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. + // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify + // a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of + // replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate + // delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain + // only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule + // Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). + // + // If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes the replication + // configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon + // S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information, + // see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"` // A container for information about the replication destination. @@ -21681,6 +25590,10 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // Destination is a required field Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + // A container that specifies information about existing object replication. + // You can choose whether to enable or disable the replication of existing objects. + ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication `type:"structure"` + // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"` @@ -21706,7 +25619,7 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // * Same object qualify tag based filter criteria specified in multiple // rules // - // For more information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) + // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. Priority *int64 `type:"integer"` @@ -21714,7 +25627,7 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using - // an AWS KMS-Managed Key (SSE-KMS). + // a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the rule is enabled. @@ -21747,6 +25660,11 @@ func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error { invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } + if s.ExistingObjectReplication != nil { + if err := s.ExistingObjectReplication.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ExistingObjectReplication", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) @@ -21776,6 +25694,12 @@ func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule { return s } +// SetExistingObjectReplication sets the ExistingObjectReplication field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication(v *ExistingObjectReplication) *ReplicationRule { + s.ExistingObjectReplication = v + return s +} + // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule { s.Filter = v @@ -21812,11 +25736,25 @@ func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule { return s } +// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset +// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you +// specify more than one filter. +// +// For example: +// +// * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in +// an And tag. +// +// * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements +// in an And tag type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // An object keyname prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the + // rule applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` + // An array of tags containing key and value pairs. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -21936,6 +25874,7 @@ func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter { return s } +// Container for Payer. type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -21974,6 +25913,7 @@ func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfigur return s } +// Container for specifiying if periodic QueryProgress messages should be sent. type RequestProgress struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -22001,9 +25941,13 @@ func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress { type RestoreObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"RestoreObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which the operation was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -22016,6 +25960,7 @@ type RestoreObjectInput struct { // Container for restore job parameters. RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } @@ -22298,6 +26243,7 @@ type Rule struct { // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` // Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters. @@ -22413,8 +26359,8 @@ func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule { type SSEKMS struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` - // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master encryption - // key to use for encrypting Inventory reports. + // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master + // key (CMK) to use for encrypting Inventory reports. // // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` @@ -22464,6 +26410,45 @@ func (s SSES3) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type ScanRange struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: + // non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the + // object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted + // to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example; 50 + // means scan the last 50 bytes. + End *int64 `type:"long"` + + // Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid + // values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied, + // it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; 50 + // means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file. + Start *int64 `type:"long"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ScanRange) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ScanRange) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEnd sets the End field's value. +func (s *ScanRange) SetEnd(v int64) *ScanRange { + s.End = &v + return s +} + +// SetStart sets the Start field's value. +func (s *ScanRange) SetStart(v int64) *ScanRange { + s.Start = &v + return s +} + // SelectObjectContentEventStream provides handling of EventStreams for // the SelectObjectContent API. // @@ -22503,6 +26488,8 @@ type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct { // may result in resource leaks. func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) { es.Reader.Close() + es.StreamCloser.Close() + return es.Err() } @@ -22512,8 +26499,6 @@ func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error { if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil { return err } - es.StreamCloser.Close() - return nil } @@ -22738,6 +26723,24 @@ type SelectObjectContentInput struct { // The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption // (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record + // is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter + // is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section + // 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range. + // + // ScanRangemay be used in the following ways: + // + // * 50100 - process only + // the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting + // from zero) + // + // * 50 - process only the records + // starting after the byte 50 + // + // * 50 - process only the records within + // the last 50 bytes of the file. + ScanRange *ScanRange `type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -22858,6 +26861,12 @@ func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectC return s } +// SetScanRange sets the ScanRange field's value. +func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetScanRange(v *ScanRange) *SelectObjectContentInput { + s.ScanRange = v + return s +} + type SelectObjectContentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` @@ -23129,7 +27138,7 @@ func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *Serv // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using -// an AWS KMS-Managed Key (SSE-KMS). +// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). type SourceSelectionCriteria struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23176,7 +27185,7 @@ type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption - // using an AWS KMS-managed key. + // using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"` @@ -23211,6 +27220,7 @@ func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects { return s } +// Container for the stats details. type Stats struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23252,6 +27262,7 @@ func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats { return s } +// Container for the Stats Event. type StatsEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` @@ -23334,6 +27345,8 @@ func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) return s } +// Container for data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 +// bucket for export. type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23391,6 +27404,7 @@ func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *Stora return s } +// A container of a key value name pair. type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23446,9 +27460,12 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { return s } +// Container for TagSet elements. type Tagging struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A collection for a a set of tags + // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -23492,9 +27509,11 @@ func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging { return s } +// Container for granting information. type TargetGrant struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for the person being granted permissions. Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket. @@ -23617,6 +27636,10 @@ func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration { return s } +// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages +// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 +// detects specified events. This data type is deperecated. Please use TopicConfiguration +// instead. type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23625,6 +27648,7 @@ type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + // A collection of events related to objects Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. @@ -23717,6 +27741,8 @@ func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition { type UploadPartCopyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartCopyRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -23759,6 +27785,8 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // key was transmitted without error. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -23963,6 +27991,7 @@ func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"` + // Container for all response elements. CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"` // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning @@ -23983,8 +28012,8 @@ type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -24241,8 +28270,8 @@ type UploadPartOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -24568,6 +28597,14 @@ const ( EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed" ) +const ( + // ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value + ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value + ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + const ( // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" @@ -24657,6 +28694,9 @@ const ( // InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus" + + // InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier is a InventoryOptionalField enum value + InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier = "IntelligentTieringAccessTier" ) const ( diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go index 931cb17bb05..4db90702493 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go @@ -13,6 +13,12 @@ const ( // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou for service response error code // "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou". + // + // The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 + // returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia region. + // For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already + // own in the North Virginia region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the + // bucket access control lists (ACLs). ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou = "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" // ErrCodeNoSuchBucket for service response error code diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go index d17dcc9dadc..ba77bb81270 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/service.go @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ const ( // aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. // // Example: +// mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// // // Create a S3 client from just a session. // svc := s3.New(mySession) // @@ -46,11 +48,11 @@ const ( // svc := s3.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *S3 { c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) - return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.PartitionID, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) } // newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. -func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *S3 { +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, partitionID, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *S3 { svc := &S3{ Client: client.New( cfg, @@ -59,6 +61,7 @@ func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio ServiceID: ServiceID, SigningName: signingName, SigningRegion: signingRegion, + PartitionID: partitionID, Endpoint: endpoint, APIVersion: "2006-03-01", }, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go index eb0a6a417ef..9c5ed454536 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go @@ -676,9 +676,9 @@ func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessag // // Returned Error Codes: // * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" -// The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was -// invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as -// linebreaks. +// This error is returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage +// was invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such +// as linebreaks. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go index 41ea09c356c..a3e378edad3 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ const ( // ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException for service response error code // "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException". // - // The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was - // invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as - // linebreaks. + // This error is returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage + // was invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such + // as linebreaks. ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException = "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException" // ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException for service response error code diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go index 185c914d1b3..586faed1936 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/service.go @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ const ( // aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. // // Example: +// mySession := session.Must(session.NewSession()) +// // // Create a STS client from just a session. // svc := sts.New(mySession) // @@ -46,11 +48,11 @@ const ( // svc := sts.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *STS { c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) - return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.PartitionID, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) } // newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. -func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *STS { +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, partitionID, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *STS { svc := &STS{ Client: client.New( cfg, @@ -59,6 +61,7 @@ func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegio ServiceID: ServiceID, SigningName: signingName, SigningRegion: signingRegion, + PartitionID: partitionID, Endpoint: endpoint, APIVersion: "2011-06-15", }, diff --git a/vendor/modules.txt b/vendor/modules.txt index 364cab040d5..302aee8f62d 100644 --- a/vendor/modules.txt +++ b/vendor/modules.txt @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ github.com/apache/arrow/go/arrow/internal/debug github.com/apache/arrow/go/arrow/internal/flatbuf github.com/apache/arrow/go/arrow/ipc github.com/apache/arrow/go/arrow/memory -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.6 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil